Initial files
This commit is contained in:
joachimschmidt557
commit
2c61b6ba6c
62 changed files with 14808 additions and 0 deletions
226
ABOUT-NLS
Normal file
226
ABOUT-NLS
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
|
||||||
|
Notes on the Free Translation Project
|
||||||
|
*************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project
|
||||||
|
is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
|
||||||
|
together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
|
||||||
|
A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
|
||||||
|
assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
|
||||||
|
itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do *not*
|
||||||
|
need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
|
||||||
|
this package with messages translated.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also
|
||||||
|
explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
|
||||||
|
available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and
|
||||||
|
work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
|
||||||
|
related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
|
||||||
|
`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
|
||||||
|
`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
One advise in advance
|
||||||
|
=====================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
|
||||||
|
should configure it using
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
./configure --with-included-gettext
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
|
||||||
|
package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
|
||||||
|
operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only
|
||||||
|
the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
|
||||||
|
many features (such as locale alias or message inheritance) as the
|
||||||
|
implementation here. It is also not possible to offer this additional
|
||||||
|
functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of
|
||||||
|
GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality. So it
|
||||||
|
might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
So you need not provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
|
||||||
|
you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
|
||||||
|
included `libintl'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INSTALL Matters
|
||||||
|
===============
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
|
||||||
|
programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
|
||||||
|
Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own
|
||||||
|
ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
|
||||||
|
messages. It will automatically detect whether the system provides
|
||||||
|
usable `catgets' (if using this is selected by the installer) or
|
||||||
|
`gettext' functions. If neither is available, the GNU `gettext' own
|
||||||
|
library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this
|
||||||
|
package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
|
||||||
|
the GNU `gettext' package is *not* required. Installers may use
|
||||||
|
special options at configuration time for changing the default
|
||||||
|
behaviour. The commands:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
./configure --with-included-gettext
|
||||||
|
./configure --with-catgets
|
||||||
|
./configure --disable-nls
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
will respectively bypass any pre-existing `catgets' or `gettext' to use
|
||||||
|
the internationalizing routines provided within this package, enable
|
||||||
|
the use of the `catgets' functions (if found on the locale system), or
|
||||||
|
else, *totally* disable translation of messages.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
|
||||||
|
configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
|
||||||
|
probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
|
||||||
|
will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You
|
||||||
|
should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e.
|
||||||
|
if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
|
||||||
|
package is more recent, you should use
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
./configure --with-included-gettext
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
to prevent auto-detection.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
By default the configuration process will not test for the `catgets'
|
||||||
|
function and therefore they will not be used. The reasons are already
|
||||||
|
given above: the emulation on top of `catgets' cannot provide all the
|
||||||
|
extensions provided by the GNU `gettext' library. If you nevertheless
|
||||||
|
want to use the `catgets' functions use
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
./configure --with-catgets
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
to enable the test for `catgets' (this causes no harm if `catgets' is
|
||||||
|
not available on your system). If you really select this option we
|
||||||
|
would like to hear about the reasons because we cannot think of any
|
||||||
|
good one ourself.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
|
||||||
|
LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
|
||||||
|
translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
|
||||||
|
`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
|
||||||
|
together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
|
||||||
|
may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
|
||||||
|
`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
|
||||||
|
codes, stating which languages are allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Using This Package
|
||||||
|
==================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
|
||||||
|
only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
|
||||||
|
ISO 639 `LL' two-letter code prior to using the programs in the
|
||||||
|
package. For example, let's suppose that you speak German. At the
|
||||||
|
shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'),
|
||||||
|
`export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de' (in `bash'). This
|
||||||
|
can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
An operating system might already offer message localization for
|
||||||
|
many of its programs, while other programs have been installed locally
|
||||||
|
with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'. Just using `gettext'
|
||||||
|
extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper localization of already
|
||||||
|
available operating system programs. In this case, users should set
|
||||||
|
both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their environment, as programs
|
||||||
|
using GNU `gettext' give preference to `LANGUAGE'. For example, some
|
||||||
|
Swedish users would rather read translations in German than English for
|
||||||
|
when Swedish is not available. This is easily accomplished by setting
|
||||||
|
`LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Translating Teams
|
||||||
|
=================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
|
||||||
|
people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
|
||||||
|
able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
|
||||||
|
Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
|
||||||
|
International. You may reach your translation team at the address
|
||||||
|
`LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
|
||||||
|
language. Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
|
||||||
|
in ISO 3166. The following translation teams exist, as of December
|
||||||
|
1997:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', English `en',
|
||||||
|
Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German `de', Hungarian
|
||||||
|
`hu', Irish `ga', Italian `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja',
|
||||||
|
Korean `ko', Latin `la', Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish
|
||||||
|
`pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es',
|
||||||
|
Swedish `sv', and Turkish `tr'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to
|
||||||
|
`zh@li.org'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you'd like to volunteer to *work* at translating messages, you
|
||||||
|
should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
|
||||||
|
The subscribing address is *not* the same as the list itself, it has
|
||||||
|
`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
|
||||||
|
message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
subscribe
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
|
||||||
|
*actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
|
||||||
|
rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and
|
||||||
|
you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
|
||||||
|
get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
|
||||||
|
coordinator for all translator teams.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing
|
||||||
|
the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
|
||||||
|
programming skill, here.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Available Packages
|
||||||
|
==================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
|
||||||
|
matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of December
|
||||||
|
1997. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
|
||||||
|
PO files have been submitted to translation coordination.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Ready PO files cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
|
||||||
|
.----------------------------------------------------.
|
||||||
|
bash | [] [] [] | 3
|
||||||
|
bison | [] [] [] | 3
|
||||||
|
clisp | [] [] [] [] | 4
|
||||||
|
cpio | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
|
||||||
|
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
|
||||||
|
enscript | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
|
||||||
|
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
|
||||||
|
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9
|
||||||
|
flex | [] [] [] [] | 4
|
||||||
|
gcal | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
|
||||||
|
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12
|
||||||
|
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
|
||||||
|
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
|
||||||
|
id-utils | [] [] [] | 3
|
||||||
|
indent | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
|
||||||
|
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 7
|
||||||
|
m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
|
||||||
|
make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
|
||||||
|
music | [] [] | 2
|
||||||
|
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
|
||||||
|
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9
|
||||||
|
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
|
||||||
|
sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
|
||||||
|
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
|
||||||
|
texinfo | [] [] [] | 3
|
||||||
|
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9
|
||||||
|
wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
|
||||||
|
`----------------------------------------------------'
|
||||||
|
17 languages cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
|
||||||
|
27 packages 6 4 25 1 18 1 26 2 1 12 20 9 19 7 4 7 17 179
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
|
||||||
|
visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
|
||||||
|
used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
|
||||||
|
dialects.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
|
||||||
|
which it applies should also have been internationalized and
|
||||||
|
distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
|
||||||
|
lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
|
||||||
|
distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If December 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
|
||||||
|
of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
0
AUTHORS
Normal file
0
AUTHORS
Normal file
339
COPYING
Normal file
339
COPYING
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
|
||||||
|
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||||
|
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
|
||||||
|
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||||
|
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Preamble
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||||
|
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||||
|
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||||
|
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||||
|
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||||
|
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||||
|
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||||
|
your programs, too.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||||
|
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||||
|
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||||
|
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||||
|
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||||
|
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||||
|
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||||
|
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||||
|
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||||
|
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||||
|
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||||
|
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||||
|
rights.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||||
|
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||||
|
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||||
|
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||||
|
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||||
|
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||||
|
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||||
|
authors' reputations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||||
|
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||||
|
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||||
|
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||||
|
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||||
|
modification follow.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||||
|
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||||
|
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||||
|
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||||
|
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||||
|
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||||
|
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||||
|
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||||
|
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||||
|
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||||
|
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||||
|
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||||
|
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||||
|
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||||
|
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||||
|
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||||
|
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||||
|
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||||
|
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||||
|
along with the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||||
|
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||||
|
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||||
|
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||||
|
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||||
|
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||||
|
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||||
|
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||||
|
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||||
|
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||||
|
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||||
|
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||||
|
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||||
|
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||||
|
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||||
|
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||||
|
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||||
|
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||||
|
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||||
|
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||||
|
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||||
|
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||||
|
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||||
|
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||||
|
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||||
|
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||||
|
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||||
|
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||||
|
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||||
|
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||||
|
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||||
|
the scope of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||||
|
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||||
|
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||||
|
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||||
|
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||||
|
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||||
|
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||||
|
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||||
|
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||||
|
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||||
|
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||||
|
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||||
|
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||||
|
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||||
|
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||||
|
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||||
|
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||||
|
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||||
|
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||||
|
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||||
|
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||||
|
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||||
|
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||||
|
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||||
|
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||||
|
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||||
|
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||||
|
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||||
|
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||||
|
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||||
|
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||||
|
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||||
|
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||||
|
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||||
|
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||||
|
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||||
|
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||||
|
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||||
|
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||||
|
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||||
|
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||||
|
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||||
|
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||||
|
this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||||
|
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||||
|
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||||
|
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||||
|
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||||
|
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||||
|
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||||
|
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||||
|
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||||
|
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||||
|
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||||
|
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||||
|
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||||
|
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||||
|
circumstances.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||||
|
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||||
|
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||||
|
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||||
|
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||||
|
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||||
|
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||||
|
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||||
|
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||||
|
impose that choice.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||||
|
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||||
|
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||||
|
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||||
|
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||||
|
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||||
|
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||||
|
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||||
|
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||||
|
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||||
|
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||||
|
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||||
|
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||||
|
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||||
|
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||||
|
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||||
|
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||||
|
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||||
|
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||||
|
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NO WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||||
|
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||||
|
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||||
|
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||||
|
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||||
|
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||||
|
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||||
|
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||||
|
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||||
|
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||||
|
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||||
|
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||||
|
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||||
|
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||||
|
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||||
|
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||||
|
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||||
|
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||||
|
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||||
|
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||||
|
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
|
||||||
|
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||||
|
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||||
|
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||||
|
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||||
|
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||||
|
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||||
|
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||||
|
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||||
|
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||||
|
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||||
|
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||||
|
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||||
|
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||||
|
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||||
0
ChangeLog
Normal file
0
ChangeLog
Normal file
182
INSTALL
Normal file
182
INSTALL
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
|
||||||
|
Basic Installation
|
||||||
|
==================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
These are generic installation instructions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
|
||||||
|
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
|
||||||
|
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
|
||||||
|
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
|
||||||
|
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
|
||||||
|
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
|
||||||
|
`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
|
||||||
|
reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
|
||||||
|
(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
|
||||||
|
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
|
||||||
|
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
|
||||||
|
be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache'
|
||||||
|
contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
|
||||||
|
called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
|
||||||
|
it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The simplest way to compile this package is:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
|
||||||
|
`./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
|
||||||
|
using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
|
||||||
|
`sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
|
||||||
|
`configure' itself.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
|
||||||
|
messages telling which features it is checking for.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
|
||||||
|
the package.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
|
||||||
|
documentation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
|
||||||
|
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
|
||||||
|
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
|
||||||
|
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
|
||||||
|
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
|
||||||
|
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
|
||||||
|
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
|
||||||
|
with the distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Compilers and Options
|
||||||
|
=====================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
|
||||||
|
the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure'
|
||||||
|
initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using
|
||||||
|
a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
|
||||||
|
this:
|
||||||
|
CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
|
||||||
|
env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
|
||||||
|
====================================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
|
||||||
|
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
|
||||||
|
own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
|
||||||
|
supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
|
||||||
|
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
|
||||||
|
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
|
||||||
|
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
|
||||||
|
variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
|
||||||
|
in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for
|
||||||
|
one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
|
||||||
|
architecture.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Installation Names
|
||||||
|
==================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
|
||||||
|
`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
|
||||||
|
installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
|
||||||
|
option `--prefix=PATH'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
|
||||||
|
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
|
||||||
|
give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
|
||||||
|
PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
|
||||||
|
Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
|
||||||
|
options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
|
||||||
|
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
|
||||||
|
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
|
||||||
|
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
|
||||||
|
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Optional Features
|
||||||
|
=================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
|
||||||
|
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
|
||||||
|
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
|
||||||
|
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
|
||||||
|
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
|
||||||
|
package recognizes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
|
||||||
|
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
|
||||||
|
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
|
||||||
|
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Specifying the System Type
|
||||||
|
==========================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
|
||||||
|
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
|
||||||
|
will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
|
||||||
|
a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
|
||||||
|
`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
|
||||||
|
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
|
||||||
|
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
|
||||||
|
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
|
||||||
|
need to know the host type.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
|
||||||
|
use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
|
||||||
|
produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
|
||||||
|
system on which you are compiling the package.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sharing Defaults
|
||||||
|
================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
|
||||||
|
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
|
||||||
|
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
|
||||||
|
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
|
||||||
|
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
|
||||||
|
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
|
||||||
|
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Operation Controls
|
||||||
|
==================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
|
||||||
|
operates.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`--cache-file=FILE'
|
||||||
|
Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
|
||||||
|
`./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
|
||||||
|
debugging `configure'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`--help'
|
||||||
|
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`--quiet'
|
||||||
|
`--silent'
|
||||||
|
`-q'
|
||||||
|
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
|
||||||
|
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
|
||||||
|
messages will still be shown).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`--srcdir=DIR'
|
||||||
|
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
|
||||||
|
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`--version'
|
||||||
|
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
|
||||||
|
script, and exit.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
|
||||||
19
Makefile.am
Normal file
19
Makefile.am
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||||
|
sbin_PROGRAMS = nparted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
SUBDIRS = po intl
|
||||||
|
nparted_SOURCES = edit_partition.c \
|
||||||
|
add_partition.c \
|
||||||
|
copy_partition.c \
|
||||||
|
del_partition.c \
|
||||||
|
exception_manager.c \
|
||||||
|
exception_manager.h \
|
||||||
|
main.c \
|
||||||
|
nparted.c \
|
||||||
|
nparted.h \
|
||||||
|
utils.c
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#nparted_LDFLAGS= --static
|
||||||
|
nparted_LDADD =@INTLLIBS@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INCLUDES = $(npartedincludedir) @INTLINCS@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
422
Makefile.in
Normal file
422
Makefile.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
|
||||||
|
# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4 from Makefile.am
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||||
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||||
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
|
||||||
|
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
|
||||||
|
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
SHELL = @SHELL@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||||
|
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||||
|
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||||
|
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||||
|
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bindir = @bindir@
|
||||||
|
sbindir = @sbindir@
|
||||||
|
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
|
||||||
|
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||||
|
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
|
||||||
|
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
|
||||||
|
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
|
||||||
|
libdir = @libdir@
|
||||||
|
infodir = @infodir@
|
||||||
|
mandir = @mandir@
|
||||||
|
includedir = @includedir@
|
||||||
|
oldincludedir = /usr/include
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DESTDIR =
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||||
|
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||||
|
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
top_builddir = .
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
|
||||||
|
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
|
||||||
|
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
|
||||||
|
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||||
|
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS)
|
||||||
|
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||||
|
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
|
||||||
|
transform = @program_transform_name@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
|
||||||
|
PRE_INSTALL = :
|
||||||
|
POST_INSTALL = :
|
||||||
|
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||||
|
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||||
|
POST_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||||
|
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
|
||||||
|
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
|
||||||
|
CC = @CC@
|
||||||
|
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
|
||||||
|
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
|
||||||
|
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
|
||||||
|
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
|
||||||
|
GT_NO = @GT_NO@
|
||||||
|
GT_YES = @GT_YES@
|
||||||
|
INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
|
||||||
|
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
|
||||||
|
INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
|
||||||
|
INTLINCS = @INTLINCS@
|
||||||
|
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
|
||||||
|
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
|
||||||
|
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
|
||||||
|
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
|
||||||
|
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
|
||||||
|
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||||
|
POFILES = @POFILES@
|
||||||
|
POSUB = @POSUB@
|
||||||
|
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||||
|
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
|
||||||
|
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
|
||||||
|
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||||
|
l = @l@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sbin_PROGRAMS = nparted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
SUBDIRS = po intl
|
||||||
|
nparted_SOURCES = edit_partition.c add_partition.c copy_partition.c del_partition.c exception_manager.c exception_manager.h main.c nparted.c nparted.h utils.c
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#nparted_LDFLAGS= --static
|
||||||
|
nparted_LDADD = @INTLLIBS@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INCLUDES = $(npartedincludedir) @INTLINCS@
|
||||||
|
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||||
|
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||||
|
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
|
||||||
|
PROGRAMS = $(sbin_PROGRAMS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DEFS = @DEFS@ -I. -I$(srcdir)
|
||||||
|
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||||
|
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
|
||||||
|
LIBS = @LIBS@
|
||||||
|
nparted_OBJECTS = edit_partition.o add_partition.o copy_partition.o \
|
||||||
|
del_partition.o exception_manager.o main.o nparted.o utils.o
|
||||||
|
nparted_DEPENDENCIES =
|
||||||
|
nparted_LDFLAGS =
|
||||||
|
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
|
||||||
|
COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
|
||||||
|
CCLD = $(CC)
|
||||||
|
LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
|
||||||
|
DIST_COMMON = README ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL \
|
||||||
|
Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS TODO aclocal.m4 configure configure.in \
|
||||||
|
install-sh missing mkinstalldirs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TAR = gtar
|
||||||
|
GZIP_ENV = --best
|
||||||
|
SOURCES = $(nparted_SOURCES)
|
||||||
|
OBJECTS = $(nparted_OBJECTS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
all: all-redirect
|
||||||
|
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||||
|
.SUFFIXES: .S .c .o .s
|
||||||
|
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||||
|
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --include-deps Makefile
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||||
|
cd $(top_builddir) \
|
||||||
|
&& CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$(ACLOCAL_M4): configure.in
|
||||||
|
cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||||
|
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
|
||||||
|
$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||||
|
cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean-sbinPROGRAMS:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
clean-sbinPROGRAMS:
|
||||||
|
-test -z "$(sbin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(sbin_PROGRAMS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
distclean-sbinPROGRAMS:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean-sbinPROGRAMS:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
install-sbinPROGRAMS: $(sbin_PROGRAMS)
|
||||||
|
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
|
||||||
|
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)
|
||||||
|
@list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||||
|
if test -f $$p; then \
|
||||||
|
echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'|sed '$(transform)'|sed 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`"; \
|
||||||
|
$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'|sed '$(transform)'|sed 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \
|
||||||
|
else :; fi; \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS:
|
||||||
|
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
|
||||||
|
list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||||
|
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'|sed '$(transform)'|sed 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.c.o:
|
||||||
|
$(COMPILE) -c $<
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.s.o:
|
||||||
|
$(COMPILE) -c $<
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.S.o:
|
||||||
|
$(COMPILE) -c $<
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean-compile:
|
||||||
|
-rm -f *.o core *.core
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
clean-compile:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
distclean-compile:
|
||||||
|
-rm -f *.tab.c
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean-compile:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
nparted: $(nparted_OBJECTS) $(nparted_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||||
|
@rm -f nparted
|
||||||
|
$(LINK) $(nparted_LDFLAGS) $(nparted_OBJECTS) $(nparted_LDADD) $(LIBS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
|
||||||
|
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
|
||||||
|
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
|
||||||
|
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
|
||||||
|
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
|
||||||
|
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \
|
||||||
|
installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive \
|
||||||
|
check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive:
|
||||||
|
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
|
||||||
|
dot_seen=no; \
|
||||||
|
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
|
||||||
|
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||||
|
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
|
||||||
|
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
|
||||||
|
dot_seen=yes; \
|
||||||
|
local_target="$$target-am"; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
local_target="$$target"; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|
||||||
|
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
|
||||||
|
done; \
|
||||||
|
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
|
||||||
|
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
|
||||||
|
fi; test -z "$$fail"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean-recursive:
|
||||||
|
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
|
||||||
|
dot_seen=no; \
|
||||||
|
rev=''; list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||||
|
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
|
||||||
|
test "$$subdir" = "." && dot_seen=yes; \
|
||||||
|
done; \
|
||||||
|
test "$$dot_seen" = "no" && rev=". $$rev"; \
|
||||||
|
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
|
||||||
|
for subdir in $$rev; do \
|
||||||
|
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
|
||||||
|
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
|
||||||
|
local_target="$$target-am"; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
local_target="$$target"; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|
||||||
|
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
|
||||||
|
done && test -z "$$fail"
|
||||||
|
tags-recursive:
|
||||||
|
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||||
|
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
tags: TAGS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP)
|
||||||
|
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \
|
||||||
|
unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \
|
||||||
|
awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
|
||||||
|
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
|
||||||
|
here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \
|
||||||
|
&& mkid -f$$here/ID $$unique $(LISP)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP)
|
||||||
|
tags=; \
|
||||||
|
here=`pwd`; \
|
||||||
|
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||||
|
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
|
||||||
|
test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
done; \
|
||||||
|
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \
|
||||||
|
unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \
|
||||||
|
awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
|
||||||
|
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
|
||||||
|
test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
|
||||||
|
|| (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean-tags:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
clean-tags:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
distclean-tags:
|
||||||
|
-rm -f TAGS ID
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean-tags:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
|
||||||
|
top_distdir = $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
|
||||||
|
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
|
||||||
|
# tarfile.
|
||||||
|
distcheck: dist
|
||||||
|
-rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
|
||||||
|
mkdir $(distdir)/=build
|
||||||
|
mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
|
||||||
|
dc_install_base=`cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd`; \
|
||||||
|
cd $(distdir)/=build \
|
||||||
|
&& ../configure --with-included-gettext --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
|
||||||
|
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
|
||||||
|
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
|
||||||
|
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
|
||||||
|
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
|
||||||
|
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
|
||||||
|
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist
|
||||||
|
-rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
@banner="$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
|
||||||
|
dashes=`echo "$$banner" | sed s/./=/g`; \
|
||||||
|
echo "$$dashes"; \
|
||||||
|
echo "$$banner"; \
|
||||||
|
echo "$$dashes"
|
||||||
|
dist: distdir
|
||||||
|
-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
-rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
dist-all: distdir
|
||||||
|
-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
-rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||||
|
-rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
mkdir $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
-chmod 777 $(distdir)
|
||||||
|
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||||
|
d=$(srcdir); \
|
||||||
|
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
|
||||||
|
cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|
||||||
|
|| ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
|
||||||
|
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
|
||||||
|
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
|
||||||
|
test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|
||||||
|
|| mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|
||||||
|
|| exit 1; \
|
||||||
|
chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \
|
||||||
|
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir=../$(distdir) distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir distdir) \
|
||||||
|
|| exit 1; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
info-am:
|
||||||
|
info: info-recursive
|
||||||
|
dvi-am:
|
||||||
|
dvi: dvi-recursive
|
||||||
|
check-am: all-am
|
||||||
|
check: check-recursive
|
||||||
|
installcheck-am:
|
||||||
|
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
|
||||||
|
install-exec-am: install-sbinPROGRAMS
|
||||||
|
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
install-data-am:
|
||||||
|
install-data: install-data-recursive
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
install-am: all-am
|
||||||
|
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
|
||||||
|
install: install-recursive
|
||||||
|
uninstall-am: uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS
|
||||||
|
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
|
||||||
|
all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS)
|
||||||
|
all-redirect: all-recursive
|
||||||
|
install-strip:
|
||||||
|
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install
|
||||||
|
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
|
||||||
|
installdirs-am:
|
||||||
|
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean-generic:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
clean-generic:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
distclean-generic:
|
||||||
|
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
|
||||||
|
-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean-generic:
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-sbinPROGRAMS mostlyclean-compile \
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
clean-am: clean-sbinPROGRAMS clean-compile clean-tags clean-generic \
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean-am
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
clean: clean-recursive
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
distclean-am: distclean-sbinPROGRAMS distclean-compile distclean-tags \
|
||||||
|
distclean-generic clean-am
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
distclean: distclean-recursive
|
||||||
|
-rm -f config.status
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-sbinPROGRAMS \
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-tags \
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
|
||||||
|
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||||
|
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
|
||||||
|
-rm -f config.status
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.PHONY: mostlyclean-sbinPROGRAMS distclean-sbinPROGRAMS \
|
||||||
|
clean-sbinPROGRAMS maintainer-clean-sbinPROGRAMS uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS \
|
||||||
|
install-sbinPROGRAMS mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile \
|
||||||
|
clean-compile maintainer-clean-compile install-data-recursive \
|
||||||
|
uninstall-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \
|
||||||
|
uninstall-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive uninstalldirs-recursive \
|
||||||
|
all-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive \
|
||||||
|
dvi-recursive mostlyclean-recursive distclean-recursive clean-recursive \
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean-recursive tags tags-recursive mostlyclean-tags \
|
||||||
|
distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info-am info \
|
||||||
|
dvi-am dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am \
|
||||||
|
install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
|
||||||
|
uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all installdirs-am \
|
||||||
|
installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
|
||||||
|
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||||
|
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||||
0
NEWS
Normal file
0
NEWS
Normal file
22
README
Normal file
22
README
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||||
|
Esto es una versión muy muy beta, creo que se puede probar sin riesgo
|
||||||
|
para los discos en los cuales no se realiza ninguna operación.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Instalacion:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Para Instalar nparted, se necesita tener las fuetnes compiladas de
|
||||||
|
libparted del CVS en el mismo directorio que nparted. Si no es asi
|
||||||
|
se necesitara libparted-2.4-pre3 o mayor, y realizar la siguiente
|
||||||
|
modificacion en Makefile.am
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- npartedincludedir = -I$(top_srcdir)/../libparted/include
|
||||||
|
- LIBS= -L$(top_srcdir)/../libparted/.libs
|
||||||
|
+ npartedincludedir = -I/path/alos/includes #si estan en los standard
|
||||||
|
# no hace falta
|
||||||
|
+ LIBS= -L/path/ala/libreria #si estan en los standards no es necesario
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Luego ejecutar automake, autoconf
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Compilacion:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Lo tipico : ./configure && make
|
||||||
22
TODO
Normal file
22
TODO
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||||
|
* Ver lo de que la primera partición empieze en el sector 64, es esto
|
||||||
|
cierto? o es solo para los ides?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Permitir trabajar con sectores en vez de cilindros para afinar más
|
||||||
|
las particiones.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Crear la pantalla de resize, no parece muy difícil, a ver si en
|
||||||
|
unos pocos días está hecha.
|
||||||
|
oct 26 2000: ya está más o menos funcional, y lo mejor de todo
|
||||||
|
es que parece que funciona ;-)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Crear la pantalla de copiar particiones, y mover particiones
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Para las operaciones no implementadas de sistemas de ficheros, como
|
||||||
|
el mkreiserfs, pues permitir el uso de programas externos para
|
||||||
|
crearla. No es muy difícil, pero el problema es como enterarse
|
||||||
|
si la libparted los soporta o no, ya que la libparted lanza una
|
||||||
|
excepción y nada más, y en el valor devuelto no sabemos porqué
|
||||||
|
falló. Supongo que navegando por las estructuras se puede saber
|
||||||
|
pero esto es muy dependiente de las versiones de la libparted
|
||||||
|
ya que pueden variar muhco de una otra, ya varía algún API
|
||||||
|
de una 1.4-pre1 a la 1.4-pre2 imaginemos lo que variará a la 1.5
|
||||||
488
aclocal.m4
vendored
Normal file
488
aclocal.m4
vendored
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
|
||||||
|
dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||||
|
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||||
|
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
|
||||||
|
dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
|
||||||
|
dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Do all the work for Automake. This macro actually does too much --
|
||||||
|
# some checks are only needed if your package does certain things.
|
||||||
|
# But this isn't really a big deal.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# serial 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Usage:
|
||||||
|
dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(package,version, [no-define])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFUN(AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE,
|
||||||
|
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
|
||||||
|
PACKAGE=[$1]
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
|
||||||
|
VERSION=[$2]
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(VERSION)
|
||||||
|
dnl test to see if srcdir already configured
|
||||||
|
if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
ifelse([$3],,
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package]))
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])
|
||||||
|
dnl FIXME This is truly gross.
|
||||||
|
missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
|
||||||
|
AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal, $missing_dir)
|
||||||
|
AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf, $missing_dir)
|
||||||
|
AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake, $missing_dir)
|
||||||
|
AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader, $missing_dir)
|
||||||
|
AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, $missing_dir)
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFUN(AM_SANITY_CHECK,
|
||||||
|
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
|
||||||
|
# Just in case
|
||||||
|
sleep 1
|
||||||
|
echo timestamp > conftestfile
|
||||||
|
# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
|
||||||
|
# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
|
||||||
|
# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
|
||||||
|
# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
|
||||||
|
# directory).
|
||||||
|
if (
|
||||||
|
set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null`
|
||||||
|
if test "[$]*" = "X"; then
|
||||||
|
# -L didn't work.
|
||||||
|
set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile`
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
if test "[$]*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftestfile" \
|
||||||
|
&& test "[$]*" != "X conftestfile $srcdir/configure"; then
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
|
||||||
|
# if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
|
||||||
|
# broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
|
||||||
|
# happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
|
||||||
|
alias in your environment])
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
test "[$]2" = conftestfile
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
# Ok.
|
||||||
|
:
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
|
||||||
|
Check your system clock])
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
rm -f conftest*
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM, DIRECTORY)
|
||||||
|
dnl The program must properly implement --version.
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFUN(AM_MISSING_PROG,
|
||||||
|
[AC_MSG_CHECKING(for working $2)
|
||||||
|
# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
|
||||||
|
# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
|
||||||
|
# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh.
|
||||||
|
if ($2 --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||||
|
$1=$2
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_RESULT(found)
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
$1="$3/missing $2"
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_RESULT(missing)
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST($1)])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
|
||||||
|
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
|
||||||
|
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
|
||||||
|
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
|
||||||
|
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# serial 5
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
|
||||||
|
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
|
||||||
|
dnl Default is enabled NLS
|
||||||
|
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
|
||||||
|
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
|
||||||
|
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
|
||||||
|
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
|
||||||
|
AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
|
||||||
|
[ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
|
||||||
|
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
|
||||||
|
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
|
||||||
|
dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
|
||||||
|
dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
|
||||||
|
dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_header_intl=
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_header_libgt=
|
||||||
|
CATOBJEXT=NONE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
|
||||||
|
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
|
||||||
|
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
|
||||||
|
gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
|
||||||
|
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
|
||||||
|
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
|
||||||
|
[AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext,
|
||||||
|
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
|
||||||
|
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)],
|
||||||
|
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
|
||||||
|
|| test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
|
||||||
|
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||||
|
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
|
||||||
|
if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
|
||||||
|
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
|
||||||
|
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||||
|
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
|
||||||
|
AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||||
|
return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
|
||||||
|
[CATOBJEXT=.gmo
|
||||||
|
DATADIRNAME=share],
|
||||||
|
[CATOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||||
|
DATADIRNAME=lib])
|
||||||
|
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
|
||||||
|
AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
|
||||||
|
[ --with-catgets use catgets functions if available],
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
|
||||||
|
dnl No gettext in C library. Try catgets next.
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
|
||||||
|
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
|
||||||
|
INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
|
||||||
|
AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
|
||||||
|
if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
|
||||||
|
if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
|
||||||
|
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||||
|
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||||
|
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
|
||||||
|
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||||
|
CATOBJEXT=.cat
|
||||||
|
INSTOBJEXT=.cat
|
||||||
|
DATADIRNAME=lib
|
||||||
|
INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
|
||||||
|
INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
|
||||||
|
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
|
||||||
|
fi])
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
|
||||||
|
dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
|
||||||
|
dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||||
|
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
|
||||||
|
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
|
||||||
|
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||||
|
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
|
||||||
|
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
|
||||||
|
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||||
|
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
|
||||||
|
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||||
|
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
|
||||||
|
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||||
|
DATADIRNAME=share
|
||||||
|
INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
|
||||||
|
INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
|
||||||
|
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
|
||||||
|
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
|
||||||
|
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
|
||||||
|
dnl Makefiles still can work.
|
||||||
|
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
|
||||||
|
: ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_RESULT(
|
||||||
|
[found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
|
||||||
|
XGETTEXT=":"
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# We need to process the po/ directory.
|
||||||
|
POSUB=po
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
DATADIRNAME=share
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
|
||||||
|
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
|
||||||
|
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
|
||||||
|
[case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*)
|
||||||
|
sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
|
||||||
|
esac])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
|
||||||
|
# because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
|
||||||
|
if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
|
||||||
|
USE_NLS=yes
|
||||||
|
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
|
||||||
|
dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
|
||||||
|
dnl in configure.in.
|
||||||
|
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||||
|
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
|
||||||
|
POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(POFILES)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
|
||||||
|
])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT,
|
||||||
|
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
|
||||||
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
|
||||||
|
unistd.h sys/param.h])
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
|
||||||
|
strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AM_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||||
|
AM_WITH_NLS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
|
||||||
|
if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
|
||||||
|
LINGUAS=
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
|
||||||
|
NEW_LINGUAS=
|
||||||
|
for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
|
||||||
|
case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
|
||||||
|
*$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
|
||||||
|
if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
|
||||||
|
for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
|
||||||
|
dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
|
||||||
|
dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
|
||||||
|
if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
|
||||||
|
INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
|
||||||
|
/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>. Take care yourself. */"
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
|
||||||
|
dnl For now we know about two different formats:
|
||||||
|
dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
|
||||||
|
test -d intl || mkdir intl
|
||||||
|
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
|
||||||
|
dnl cannot handle comments.
|
||||||
|
sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
|
||||||
|
sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
|
||||||
|
$srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
|
||||||
|
dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext
|
||||||
|
dnl packages.
|
||||||
|
if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
|
||||||
|
GT_NO="#NO#"
|
||||||
|
GT_YES=
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
GT_NO=
|
||||||
|
GT_YES="#YES#"
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
|
||||||
|
dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
|
||||||
|
dnl Try to locate is.
|
||||||
|
MKINSTALLDIRS=
|
||||||
|
if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
|
||||||
|
MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
|
||||||
|
MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
|
||||||
|
l=
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(l)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
|
||||||
|
dnl be included in po/Makefile.
|
||||||
|
test -d po || mkdir po
|
||||||
|
if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
|
||||||
|
if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
|
||||||
|
posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
posrcprefix="../"
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
rm -f po/POTFILES
|
||||||
|
sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
|
||||||
|
< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
|
||||||
|
])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
|
||||||
|
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
|
||||||
|
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
|
||||||
|
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
|
||||||
|
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# serial 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
|
||||||
|
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
|
||||||
|
[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
|
||||||
|
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
|
||||||
|
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
|
||||||
|
[case "[$]$1" in
|
||||||
|
/*)
|
||||||
|
ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
*)
|
||||||
|
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
|
||||||
|
for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
|
||||||
|
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
|
||||||
|
if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
|
||||||
|
if [$3]; then
|
||||||
|
ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
|
||||||
|
break
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
|
||||||
|
dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
|
||||||
|
dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
|
||||||
|
ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
|
||||||
|
])dnl
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac])dnl
|
||||||
|
$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
|
||||||
|
if test -n "[$]$1"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST($1)dnl
|
||||||
|
])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
|
||||||
|
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
|
||||||
|
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
|
||||||
|
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
|
||||||
|
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# serial 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
|
||||||
|
[if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
|
||||||
|
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
|
||||||
|
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
|
||||||
|
am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
|
||||||
|
if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
fi])
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
408
add_partition.c
Normal file
408
add_partition.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
nparted - a frontend to libparted for manipulating disk partitions
|
||||||
|
thinked to dbootstrap
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Mario Teijeiro Otero Esteve Fernández
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate La Espiral
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mario Teijeiro Otero <asimovi@teleline.es>
|
||||||
|
Esteve Fernández < esteve@crosswinds.net >
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate <villate@fe.up.pt>
|
||||||
|
La Espiral http://www.laespiral.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include "nparted.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_list_free (PedDevice *dev, newtComponent free_list)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk *disk;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *part;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
strech *list_strech,*p,*new,*extend,*walk;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk=ped_disk_open(dev);
|
||||||
|
if(!disk) goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part=NULL;
|
||||||
|
p=list_strech=extend=NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while ( (part=ped_disk_next_partition(disk,part))!=NULL){
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(part->type==PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE){
|
||||||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_NPARTED
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"mirando particion free (%Ld,%Ld) ",
|
||||||
|
part->geom.start,part->geom.end);
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
ptrb);
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( part->geom.start==part->geom.end) continue;
|
||||||
|
new=(strech*)NP_malloc(sizeof(strech));
|
||||||
|
new->start=part->geom.start;
|
||||||
|
new->end=part->geom.end;
|
||||||
|
new->next=NULL;
|
||||||
|
if(list_strech==NULL){
|
||||||
|
list_strech=new;
|
||||||
|
p=new;
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
p->next=new;
|
||||||
|
p=new;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* esto ya es un poco más chungo,hay que sacar a pelo los trozos
|
||||||
|
* libres elinando del pedazo de la particion extendida los trozos
|
||||||
|
* que ya son particiones lógicas*/
|
||||||
|
if(part->type==PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED &&part->num!=-1){
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (extend!=NULL){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("Can't have two parts extended in one disk"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
goto error_disk_close;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extend=(strech*)NP_malloc(sizeof(strech));
|
||||||
|
extend->start=part->geom.start+63;/*Por ser extendida los primeros
|
||||||
|
63 sectores son ocupados*/
|
||||||
|
extend->end=part->geom.end;
|
||||||
|
extend->next=NULL;
|
||||||
|
if(list_strech==NULL){
|
||||||
|
list_strech=extend;
|
||||||
|
p=extend;
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
p->next=extend;
|
||||||
|
p=extend;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* Eliminamos estos trozos de la particion extendida, primero buscamos
|
||||||
|
* el trozo al cual pertencemos y lo dividimos en dos( antes y despues
|
||||||
|
* de la partición lógica, suponemos que libparted nos las da ordenadas*/
|
||||||
|
if(part->type==PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL){
|
||||||
|
walk=extend;
|
||||||
|
while (walk!=NULL){
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_NPARTED
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"miando si (%Ld,%Ld) está dentro de (%Ld,%Ld)",
|
||||||
|
part->geom.start,part->geom.end,walk->start,walk->end);
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
ptrb);
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
if (BETWEEN(part->geom.start,walk->start,walk->end) ){
|
||||||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_NPARTED
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
"Si estaba");
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
new=(strech*)NP_malloc(sizeof(strech));
|
||||||
|
new->start=part->geom.end+64;
|
||||||
|
new->end=walk->end;
|
||||||
|
walk->end=part->geom.start-1;
|
||||||
|
/* introucimos en la lista general */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
new->next=walk->next;
|
||||||
|
walk->next=new;
|
||||||
|
if(new->next==NULL)
|
||||||
|
p=new;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
walk=walk->next;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
p=list_strech;
|
||||||
|
while(p){
|
||||||
|
if(p->start<p->end){
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%Ld<=>%Ld",SEC2CIL(dev,p->start),SEC2CIL(dev,p->end));
|
||||||
|
newtListboxAppendEntry(free_list,ptrb,p);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
new =p;
|
||||||
|
p=p->next;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Ya tenemos en list_strech la lista de todos los huecos libres */
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close(disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
error_disk_close:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close(disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int grow_strech(PedDevice *dev,strech *tramo){
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *part;
|
||||||
|
PedDisk *disk=ped_disk_open(dev);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk=ped_disk_open(dev);
|
||||||
|
if(!disk) goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part=NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part=ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector(disk, tramo->start);
|
||||||
|
if (part!=NULL){
|
||||||
|
tramo->end=part->geom.end;
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close(disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close(disk);
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
static int check_strech(PedDevice *dev, strech *tramo){
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *part;
|
||||||
|
PedDisk *disk;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk=ped_disk_open(dev);
|
||||||
|
if(!disk) goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part=NULL;
|
||||||
|
part=ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector(disk, tramo->start);
|
||||||
|
if (part==NULL) goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
if (part->type!=PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL&&part->type!=PED_PARTITION_PRIMARY){
|
||||||
|
part=ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector(disk, tramo->end);
|
||||||
|
if (part->type!=PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL&&part->type!=PED_PARTITION_PRIMARY){
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close(disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close(disk);
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int add_partition ( PedDevice *dev ){
|
||||||
|
newtComponent form,grow,inicio,fin, tam,fs,sel_fs,free_list,ok,cancel,ans,dofs,sel_ptype,ptype;
|
||||||
|
char fs_type[20];
|
||||||
|
PedSector tamano;
|
||||||
|
strech *ptramo,*tramo,p;
|
||||||
|
char part_type;
|
||||||
|
int ret,salir=0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ******************************************************************** *
|
||||||
|
* INTERFAZ *
|
||||||
|
* ******************************************************************** */
|
||||||
|
tramo=&p;
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,_("Adding a part to %s"),dev->path);
|
||||||
|
newtCenteredWindow(mainwin_size.width, mainwin_size.height, ptrb);
|
||||||
|
form=newtForm(NULL,NULL,0);
|
||||||
|
free_list=newtListbox(5,3,10,NEWT_FLAG_SCROLL|NEWT_FLAG_RETURNEXIT);
|
||||||
|
newtListboxSetWidth(free_list,27);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
do_list_free(dev, free_list);
|
||||||
|
grow=newtCheckbox(mainwin_size.width-42,2,_("Growable"),' ',NULL,NULL);
|
||||||
|
dofs=newtCheckbox(mainwin_size.width-42,4,_("Do fyle sistem"),' ',NULL,NULL);
|
||||||
|
sel_ptype=newtCompactButton(mainwin_size.width-42,8,_("Select partition type"));
|
||||||
|
ptype=newtLabel(mainwin_size.width-15,8,"Primary");
|
||||||
|
part_type='p';
|
||||||
|
inicio=newtEntry(mainwin_size.width-15,2,NULL,10,NULL,NEWT_ENTRY_SCROLL
|
||||||
|
|NEWT_FLAG_RETURNEXIT);
|
||||||
|
fin=newtEntry(mainwin_size.width-15,4,NULL,10,NULL,NEWT_ENTRY_SCROLL
|
||||||
|
|NEWT_FLAG_RETURNEXIT);
|
||||||
|
tam=newtEntry(mainwin_size.width-15,6,NULL,10,NULL,NEWT_ENTRY_SCROLL
|
||||||
|
|NEWT_FLAG_RETURNEXIT);
|
||||||
|
sel_fs=newtCompactButton(mainwin_size.width-42,10,_("Select file system"));
|
||||||
|
fs=newtLabel(mainwin_size.width-15,10,"ext2");
|
||||||
|
ok=newtButton(5,16,_("Create"));
|
||||||
|
cancel=newtButton(mainwin_size.width-30,16,_("Cancel"));
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddComponents(form,
|
||||||
|
free_list, newtLabel(6,2,_("free strechs")),
|
||||||
|
grow,dofs,
|
||||||
|
inicio, newtLabel(mainwin_size.width-23,2,_("Start")),
|
||||||
|
newtLabel(mainwin_size.width-5,2,_(" Cil.")),
|
||||||
|
fin, newtLabel(mainwin_size.width-23,4,_("End")),
|
||||||
|
newtLabel(mainwin_size.width-5,4,_(" Cil.")),
|
||||||
|
newtLabel(mainwin_size.width-5,4,_(" Cil.")),
|
||||||
|
tam, newtLabel(mainwin_size.width-23,6,_("Size")),
|
||||||
|
newtLabel(mainwin_size.width-5,6,_(" Mb")),
|
||||||
|
fs,sel_fs,ok,cancel,sel_ptype,ptype,NULL);
|
||||||
|
strcpy(fs_type,"ext2");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ************************************************************ *
|
||||||
|
* PROCESS *
|
||||||
|
* ************************************************************ */
|
||||||
|
do{
|
||||||
|
ans=newtRunForm(form);
|
||||||
|
if(ans==sel_ptype){
|
||||||
|
part_type=select_partition_type();
|
||||||
|
switch (part_type){
|
||||||
|
case 'p': newtLabelSetText(ptype,_("Primary"));
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case 'e': newtLabelSetText(ptype,_("Extend"));
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case 'l': newtLabelSetText(ptype,_("Logic"));
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(ans==sel_fs){
|
||||||
|
char *aux;
|
||||||
|
aux=select_file_system();
|
||||||
|
if(aux!=NULL){
|
||||||
|
strcpy(fs_type,aux);
|
||||||
|
newtLabelSetText(fs,fs_type);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(ans==ok){
|
||||||
|
tramo->start=is_sector_valid(newtEntryGetValue(inicio));
|
||||||
|
tramo->end=is_sector_valid(newtEntryGetValue(fin));
|
||||||
|
if (tramo->start==-1||tramo->end==-1){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("a number is needed"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(fin,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(inicio,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(tam,"",1);
|
||||||
|
continue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
tramo->start=CIL2SEC(dev,tramo->start);
|
||||||
|
if (tramo->start<64) tramo->start=64;
|
||||||
|
tramo->end=CIL2SEC(dev,tramo->end+1)-1;
|
||||||
|
/* No nos podemos ir fuera del disco */
|
||||||
|
if (tramo->end>=dev->length-1) tramo->end=dev->length-1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (newtCheckboxGetValue(grow)=='*'){
|
||||||
|
grow_strech(dev,tramo);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Miramos si el tramo pedido está disponible */
|
||||||
|
if(!check_strech(dev,tramo)){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("Out limits"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(fin,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(inicio,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(tam,"",1);
|
||||||
|
continue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (part_type=='e'&& newtCheckboxGetValue(dofs)=='*'){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("I can't do filesystem on a extended partition"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
continue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Pedimos confirmacion*/
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,_("Are you sure create in %s a %c partition of type %s from %Ld to %Ld?")
|
||||||
|
,dev->path,part_type,fs_type,tramo->start, tramo->end);
|
||||||
|
if(ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_YES|PED_EXCEPTION_NO,
|
||||||
|
ptrb)==PED_EXCEPTION_NO){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
continue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*Creamos la partición */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (newtCheckboxGetValue(dofs)=='*'){
|
||||||
|
ret=do_mkpartfs(&dev,part_type,fs_type,
|
||||||
|
tramo->start, tramo->end);
|
||||||
|
if (!ret) goto error;
|
||||||
|
salir=1;
|
||||||
|
} else{
|
||||||
|
ret=do_mkpart(&dev,part_type,fs_type,
|
||||||
|
tramo->start, tramo->end);
|
||||||
|
if (!ret) goto error;
|
||||||
|
salir=1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(ans==cancel){
|
||||||
|
salir=1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(ans==free_list){
|
||||||
|
ptramo=newtListboxGetCurrent(free_list);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%Ld",SEC2CIL(dev,ptramo->start));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(inicio,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%Ld",SEC2CIL(dev,ptramo->end));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(fin,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d", (int)SEC2MB(ptramo->end - ptramo->start+1));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(tam,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(ans==inicio||ans==fin){
|
||||||
|
tramo->start=is_sector_valid(newtEntryGetValue(inicio));
|
||||||
|
tramo->end=is_sector_valid(newtEntryGetValue(fin));
|
||||||
|
if (tramo->start==-1||tramo->end==-1){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("a number is needed"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(fin,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(inicio,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(tam,"",1);
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
tramo->start=CIL2SEC(dev,tramo->start);
|
||||||
|
if (tramo->start<64) tramo->start=64;
|
||||||
|
tramo->end=CIL2SEC(dev,tramo->end+1)-1;
|
||||||
|
if(!check_strech(dev,tramo)){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("Out limits"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(fin,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(inicio,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(tam,"",1);
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d", (int)SEC2MB((tramo->end-tramo->start+1)));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(tam,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(ans==tam){
|
||||||
|
tramo->start=is_sector_valid(newtEntryGetValue(inicio));
|
||||||
|
tamano=is_sector_valid(newtEntryGetValue(tam));
|
||||||
|
if (tramo->start==-1|| tamano==-1){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("a number is needed"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
tramo->start=CIL2SEC(dev,tramo->start);
|
||||||
|
if (tramo->start<64) tramo->start=64;
|
||||||
|
tramo->end=MB2SEC(tamano)+tramo->start;
|
||||||
|
if(!check_strech(dev,tramo)){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("Out limits"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(fin,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(inicio,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(tam,"",1);
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d", (int)SEC2CIL(dev,tramo->end));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(fin,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
newtListboxClear(free_list);
|
||||||
|
do_list_free(dev, free_list);
|
||||||
|
}while(!salir);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
newtFormDestroy(form);
|
||||||
|
newtPopWindow();
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
5
confdefs.h
Normal file
5
confdefs.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define PACKAGE "nparted"
|
||||||
|
#define VERSION "0.1"
|
||||||
|
#define HAVE_LIBNEWT 1
|
||||||
|
#define HAVE_LIBUUID 1
|
||||||
0
config.cache
Normal file
0
config.cache
Normal file
41
config.log
Normal file
41
config.log
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||||
|
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
|
||||||
|
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
configure:562: checking for a BSD compatible install
|
||||||
|
configure:615: checking whether build environment is sane
|
||||||
|
configure:672: checking whether make sets ${MAKE}
|
||||||
|
configure:718: checking for working aclocal
|
||||||
|
configure:731: checking for working autoconf
|
||||||
|
configure:744: checking for working automake
|
||||||
|
configure:757: checking for working autoheader
|
||||||
|
configure:770: checking for working makeinfo
|
||||||
|
configure:789: checking for gcc
|
||||||
|
configure:902: checking whether the C compiler (gcc ) works
|
||||||
|
configure:918: gcc -o conftest conftest.c 1>&5
|
||||||
|
configure:915:1: warning: return type defaults to 'int' [-Wimplicit-int]
|
||||||
|
main(){return(0);}
|
||||||
|
^~~~
|
||||||
|
configure:944: checking whether the C compiler (gcc ) is a cross-compiler
|
||||||
|
configure:949: checking whether we are using GNU C
|
||||||
|
configure:958: gcc -E conftest.c
|
||||||
|
configure:977: checking whether gcc accepts -g
|
||||||
|
configure:1010: checking for newtInit in -lnewt
|
||||||
|
configure:1029: gcc -o conftest -g -O2 conftest.c -lnewt 1>&5
|
||||||
|
configure:1061: checking for uuid_generate in -luuid
|
||||||
|
configure:1080: gcc -o conftest -g -O2 conftest.c -luuid -lnewt 1>&5
|
||||||
|
configure:1112: checking for ped_init in -lparted
|
||||||
|
configure:1131: gcc -o conftest -g -O2 conftest.c -lparted -luuid -lnewt 1>&5
|
||||||
|
/home/linuxbrew/.linuxbrew/bin/ld: /tmp/cc00UG3u.o: in function `main':
|
||||||
|
/home/joachim/nparted-0.1/configure:1127: undefined reference to `ped_init'
|
||||||
|
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
|
||||||
|
configure: failed program was:
|
||||||
|
#line 1120 "configure"
|
||||||
|
#include "confdefs.h"
|
||||||
|
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
|
||||||
|
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
|
||||||
|
builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
|
||||||
|
char ped_init();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int main() {
|
||||||
|
ped_init()
|
||||||
|
; return 0; }
|
||||||
89
configure.in
Normal file
89
configure.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||||
|
AC_INIT(nparted.h)
|
||||||
|
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(nparted,0.1)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for programs.
|
||||||
|
AC_PROG_CC
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for libraries.
|
||||||
|
dnl Replace `main' with a function in -lnewt:
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_LIB(newt, newtInit,,
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_ERROR(
|
||||||
|
GNU nparted requires libnewt
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
exit
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_LIB(uuid, uuid_generate,,
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_ERROR(
|
||||||
|
GNU nparted requires libuuid
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
exit
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
dnl Replace `main' with a function in -lparted:
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_LIB(parted, ped_init,,
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_ERROR(
|
||||||
|
GNU nparted requires libparted
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
exit
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for i18n
|
||||||
|
ALL_LINGUAS="es es_ES"
|
||||||
|
AM_GNU_GETTEXT
|
||||||
|
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DLOCALEDIR=\"\\\"$datadir/locale\\\"\""
|
||||||
|
if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = "yes"; then
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_ERROR(
|
||||||
|
GNU nparted requires gettext to be intsalled for compilation -
|
||||||
|
if native language suppor is desired. Either disable native language
|
||||||
|
suppor with:
|
||||||
|
$ ./configure --disable-nls
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
exit
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(INTLINCS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for header files.
|
||||||
|
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||||
|
dnl quizás no haga falta
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_HEADER(uuid/uuid.h,,
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_ERROR(
|
||||||
|
You need libuuid includes
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
exit
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_HEADER(parted/parted.h,,
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_ERROR(
|
||||||
|
You need libparted includes
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
exit
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
|
||||||
|
AC_C_CONST
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for library functions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test x$USE_NLS = xyes; then
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(wctype.h, ,
|
||||||
|
AC_MSG_ERROR(
|
||||||
|
One or more of the header files that are required for
|
||||||
|
native language support (wctype.h) could not be found. Either get a newer
|
||||||
|
version of GNU libc and its headers - which can be obtained from:
|
||||||
|
ftp.gnu.org/gnu/glibc
|
||||||
|
Or disable native language support with the --disable-nls option
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
exit
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -W -Wall"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_OUTPUT(Makefile po/Makefile.in intl/Makefile )
|
||||||
33
copy_partition.c
Normal file
33
copy_partition.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
nparted - a frontend to libparted for manipulating disk partitions
|
||||||
|
thinked to dbootstrap
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Mario Teijeiro Otero Esteve Fernández
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate La Espiral
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mario Teijeiro Otero <asimovi@teleline.es>
|
||||||
|
Esteve Fernández < esteve@crosswinds.net >
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate <villate@fe.up.pt>
|
||||||
|
La Espiral http://www.laespiral.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include "nparted.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int copy_partition ( PedDevice *dev, int npart )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
39
del_partition.c
Normal file
39
del_partition.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
nparted - a frontend to libparted for manipulating disk partitions
|
||||||
|
thinked to dbootstrap
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Mario Teijeiro Otero Esteve Fernández
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate La Espiral
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mario Teijeiro Otero <asimovi@teleline.es>
|
||||||
|
Esteve Fernández < esteve@crosswinds.net >
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate <villate@fe.up.pt>
|
||||||
|
La Espiral http://www.laespiral.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include "nparted.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int del_partition( PedDevice *dev, int npart)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
sprintf (ptrb,_("Are you sure that you del %s%-2d partition?"),
|
||||||
|
dev->path, npart);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK|PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
ptrb)==PED_EXCEPTION_OK){
|
||||||
|
return do_rm(&dev,npart);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
366
edit_partition.c
Normal file
366
edit_partition.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
nparted - a frontend to libparted for manipulating disk partitions
|
||||||
|
thought to dbootstrap
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Mario Teijeiro Otero Esteve Fernández
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate La Espiral
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mario Teijeiro Otero <asimovi@teleline.es>
|
||||||
|
Esteve Fernández < esteve@crosswinds.net >
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate <villate@fe.up.pt>
|
||||||
|
La Espiral http://www.laespiral.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Codigo a realizar cuando se edita una partición */
|
||||||
|
#include "nparted.h"
|
||||||
|
/* Joder que función tan grande, me parece que hay que particionarla
|
||||||
|
* valga la redundancia */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct _edit edit;
|
||||||
|
struct _edit{
|
||||||
|
newtComponent form,ok,cancel,grow,max,now,start,end,tamano,
|
||||||
|
start_now, start_min, end_now, end_max, tamano_now,
|
||||||
|
tamano_max, new,start_new,end_new,tamano_new,
|
||||||
|
sel_file_system, file_system,progress;
|
||||||
|
struct newtExitStruct toexit;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int init_form(edit *form,char *title){
|
||||||
|
newtCenteredWindow(mainwin_size.width,mainwin_size.height,title);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form->form=newtForm(NULL,NULL,0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form->start= newtLabel( 1, 3,_("Start") );
|
||||||
|
form->end= newtLabel( 1, 5,_("End") );
|
||||||
|
form->tamano= newtLabel( 1, 7,_("Tamano") );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form->now= newtLabel(14, 1,_("Now") );
|
||||||
|
form->start_now= newtLabel(12, 3,"");
|
||||||
|
form->end_now= newtLabel(12, 5,"");
|
||||||
|
form->tamano_now= newtLabel(12, 7,"");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form->max= newtLabel(34, 1,_("Max."));
|
||||||
|
form->start_min= newtLabel(32, 3,"");
|
||||||
|
form->end_max= newtLabel(32, 5,"");
|
||||||
|
form->tamano_max= newtLabel(32, 7,"");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form->progress= newtScale(2, 14, mainwin_size.width-5,100);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form->new= newtLabel(52, 1,_("New geom"));
|
||||||
|
form->start_new= newtEntry(52, 3,NULL,10,NULL,NEWT_ENTRY_SCROLL
|
||||||
|
|NEWT_FLAG_RETURNEXIT);
|
||||||
|
form->end_new= newtEntry(52, 5,NULL,10,NULL,NEWT_ENTRY_SCROLL
|
||||||
|
|NEWT_FLAG_RETURNEXIT);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form->tamano_new= newtEntry(52, 7,NULL,10,NULL,NEWT_ENTRY_SCROLL
|
||||||
|
|NEWT_FLAG_RETURNEXIT);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form->grow=newtCheckbox(5,10,_("Grow too much posibble"),' ',NULL,NULL);
|
||||||
|
form->file_system=newtLabel(50,10,_("Without Filesystem"));
|
||||||
|
form->sel_file_system=newtButton(38,9,_("Select"));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form->ok=newtButton(10,mainwin_size.height-4,_("OK"));
|
||||||
|
form->cancel=newtButton(mainwin_size.width-20,mainwin_size.height-4,_("CANCEL"));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddComponents(form->form,
|
||||||
|
form->now,form->max,form->start,form->start_now,form->start_min,
|
||||||
|
form->end,form->end_now,form->end_max,
|
||||||
|
form->tamano,form->tamano_now,form->tamano_max,
|
||||||
|
form->grow, form->ok,form->cancel,
|
||||||
|
form->new,form->start_new,form->end_new,form->tamano_new,
|
||||||
|
form->sel_file_system,form->file_system,form->progress,NULL);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddHotKey(form->form,NEWT_KEY_LEFT);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddHotKey(form->form,NEWT_KEY_RIGHT);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddHotKey(form->form,NEWT_KEY_PGDN);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddHotKey(form->form,NEWT_KEY_PGUP);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddHotKey(form->form,(int)'');
|
||||||
|
/* Al parecer no se puede añadir keys a componentes, solo
|
||||||
|
a forms, si no da segment fault */
|
||||||
|
// newtFormAddHotKey(form->grow,(int)' ');
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct _disk_info disk_info;
|
||||||
|
struct _disk_info{
|
||||||
|
PedDevice *dev;
|
||||||
|
PedDisk *disk;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *part;
|
||||||
|
PedGeometry* geom; /* Max geometry to grow*/
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystemType * fs_type;
|
||||||
|
PedConstraint* constraint;
|
||||||
|
int fs_name_changed;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int init_disk_info(disk_info *disk,PedDevice *dev,int npart)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (dev==NULL){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("Device not valid"));
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
disk->dev=dev;
|
||||||
|
disk->disk=ped_disk_open(disk->dev);
|
||||||
|
disk->constraint=ped_constraint_any(disk->disk);
|
||||||
|
disk->part=ped_disk_get_partition(disk->disk,npart);
|
||||||
|
disk->fs_name_changed=0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (disk->disk==NULL) goto error;
|
||||||
|
if (disk->part==NULL){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition not valid"));
|
||||||
|
goto error_disk_close;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
disk->fs_type=ped_file_system_probe(&(disk->part->geom));
|
||||||
|
disk->geom=ped_disk_get_max_partition_geometry(disk->disk, disk->part,disk->constraint);
|
||||||
|
if (disk->geom==NULL){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("I can't get de max partition's geometry"));
|
||||||
|
goto error_disk_close;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_disk_close:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close(disk->disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int fill_form(edit *form, disk_info *disk,strech *new_size)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (disk->fs_type!=NULL && !disk->fs_name_changed){
|
||||||
|
newtLabelSetText(form->file_system,disk->fs_type->name);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,disk->part->geom.start));
|
||||||
|
newtLabelSetText(form->start_now,ptrb);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,disk->part->geom.end));
|
||||||
|
newtLabelSetText(form->end_now,ptrb);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d Mb", (int)SEC2MB((disk->part->geom.end-disk->part->geom.start+1)));
|
||||||
|
newtLabelSetText(form->tamano_now,ptrb);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,disk->geom->start));
|
||||||
|
newtLabelSetText(form->start_min,ptrb);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,disk->geom->end));
|
||||||
|
newtLabelSetText(form->end_max,ptrb);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d Mb", (int)SEC2MB((disk->geom->end-disk->geom->start+1)));
|
||||||
|
newtLabelSetText(form->tamano_max,ptrb);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtScaleSet(form->progress,(100* (new_size->end))/disk->geom->end);
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int run_form(edit *form, disk_info *disk, int npart)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
newtComponent answer;
|
||||||
|
char fs_name[256];
|
||||||
|
strech new_size;
|
||||||
|
int change_geom=0;
|
||||||
|
long tam;
|
||||||
|
int key;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
new_size.start=disk->part->geom.start;
|
||||||
|
new_size.end=disk->part->geom.end;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
answer=NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
strcpy(fs_name,"Without Filesystem");
|
||||||
|
do{
|
||||||
|
fill_form(form, disk,&new_size);
|
||||||
|
newtFormRun(form->form,&(form->toexit));
|
||||||
|
key=-1;
|
||||||
|
if(form->toexit.reason==NEWT_EXIT_COMPONENT)
|
||||||
|
answer=form->toexit.u.co;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
key=form->toexit.u.key;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (key==(int)' '){
|
||||||
|
new_size.end=disk->geom->end;
|
||||||
|
new_size.start=disk->geom->start;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(new_size.end<disk->geom->start) new_size.end=disk->geom->start;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.end));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->end_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.start));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->start_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d", (int)SEC2MB( (new_size.end- new_size.start)));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->tamano_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(answer==form->sel_file_system){
|
||||||
|
char *aux;
|
||||||
|
if(ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK|PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Change the file system will destroy any data")
|
||||||
|
)==PED_EXCEPTION_OK){
|
||||||
|
aux=select_file_system();
|
||||||
|
if(aux!=NULL){
|
||||||
|
strcpy(fs_name,aux);
|
||||||
|
newtLabelSetText(form->file_system,fs_name);
|
||||||
|
disk->fs_name_changed=1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(answer==form->start_new||answer==form->end_new){
|
||||||
|
change_geom=1;
|
||||||
|
new_size.start=is_sector_valid(newtEntryGetValue(form->start_new));
|
||||||
|
new_size.end=is_sector_valid(newtEntryGetValue(form->end_new));
|
||||||
|
if (new_size.start==-1||new_size.end==-1){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("a number is needed"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->end_new,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->start_new,"",1);
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->tamano_new,"",1);
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
new_size.start=CIL2SEC(disk->dev,new_size.start);
|
||||||
|
if(new_size.start<64) new_size.start=64;
|
||||||
|
new_size.end=CIL2SEC(disk->dev,new_size.end+1)-1;
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d", (int)SEC2MB( (new_size.end-
|
||||||
|
new_size.start)));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->tamano_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (answer==form->tamano_new){
|
||||||
|
change_geom=1;
|
||||||
|
new_size.start=is_sector_valid(newtEntryGetValue(form->start_new));
|
||||||
|
tam=is_sector_valid(newtEntryGetValue(form->tamano_new));
|
||||||
|
if(new_size.start==-1||tam==-1){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("a number is needed"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
if(new_size.start==0) new_size.start=disk->part->geom.start;
|
||||||
|
new_size.end=MB2SEC((tam))+new_size.start;
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.end));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->end_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.start));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->start_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(answer==form->ok){
|
||||||
|
if (newtCheckboxGetValue(form->grow)=='*'){
|
||||||
|
new_size.start=disk->geom->start;
|
||||||
|
new_size.end=disk->geom->end;
|
||||||
|
change_geom=1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK|PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Are you soure?")
|
||||||
|
)==PED_EXCEPTION_OK)
|
||||||
|
if(change_geom){
|
||||||
|
do_resize(&(disk->dev),npart,new_size.start,new_size.end);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(strcmp(fs_name,"Without Filesystem"))
|
||||||
|
do_mkfs(&(disk->dev),npart,fs_name);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(key==NEWT_KEY_PGDN){
|
||||||
|
new_size.end-=CIL2SEC(disk->dev,2);
|
||||||
|
if(new_size.end<disk->geom->start) new_size.end=disk->geom->start;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.end));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->end_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.start));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->start_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d", (int)SEC2MB( (new_size.end- new_size.start)));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->tamano_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}if(key==NEWT_KEY_PGUP){
|
||||||
|
new_size.end+=CIL2SEC(disk->dev,2);
|
||||||
|
if(new_size.end>disk->geom->end) new_size.end=disk->geom->end;
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.end));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->end_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.start));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->start_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d", (int)SEC2MB( (new_size.end- new_size.start)));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->tamano_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}if(key==NEWT_KEY_LEFT){
|
||||||
|
new_size.end-=50;
|
||||||
|
if(new_size.end<disk->geom->start) new_size.end=disk->geom->start;
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.end));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->end_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.start));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->start_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d", (int)SEC2MB( (new_size.end- new_size.start)));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->tamano_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}if(key==NEWT_KEY_RIGHT){
|
||||||
|
new_size.end+=50;
|
||||||
|
if(new_size.end>disk->geom->end) new_size.end=disk->geom->end;
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.end));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->end_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d",(int)SEC2CIL(disk->dev,new_size.start));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->start_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%d", (int)SEC2MB( (new_size.end- new_size.start)));
|
||||||
|
newtEntrySet(form->tamano_new,ptrb,1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
newtScaleSet(form->progress,(100*new_size.end)/disk->geom->end );
|
||||||
|
}while(key!=(int)'' && answer!=form->cancel && answer!=form->ok);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int finalize_form(edit *form){
|
||||||
|
newtFormDestroy(form->form);
|
||||||
|
newtPopWindow();
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int finalize_disk(disk_info *disk)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close(disk->disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int edit_partition (PedDevice *dev,int npart)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
edit *form;
|
||||||
|
disk_info *disk;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form=(edit*)NP_malloc(sizeof(edit));
|
||||||
|
disk=(disk_info*)NP_malloc(sizeof(disk_info));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(!init_disk_info(disk,dev,npart)){
|
||||||
|
/* La excepción se lanza desde dentro de init_disk_info*/
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,_("Editing %s%d"),dev->path,npart);
|
||||||
|
/* Cuando se da a init_form por segunda vez da fallo */
|
||||||
|
init_form(form,ptrb);
|
||||||
|
/* Get some information */
|
||||||
|
run_form(form, disk,npart);
|
||||||
|
finalize_form(form);
|
||||||
|
finalize_disk(disk);
|
||||||
|
free(form);
|
||||||
|
free(disk);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
161
exception_manager.c
Normal file
161
exception_manager.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
nparted - a frontend to libparted for manipulating disk partitions
|
||||||
|
thinked to dbootstrap
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Mario Teijeiro Otero Esteve Fernández
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate La Espiral
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mario Teijeiro Otero <asimovi@teleline.es>
|
||||||
|
Esteve Fernández < esteve@crosswinds.net >
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate <villate@fe.up.pt>
|
||||||
|
La Espiral http://www.laespiral.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <newt.h>
|
||||||
|
#include "nparted.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "exception_manager.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#undef _(A)
|
||||||
|
#define _(A) (A)
|
||||||
|
static char *names_exception_types[]={
|
||||||
|
_("You don't have seen this,report me"),
|
||||||
|
_("Information message"),
|
||||||
|
_("!!!----WARNING----!!!"),
|
||||||
|
_("!!!----ERROR----!!!"),
|
||||||
|
_("!!!----FATAL ERROR ----!!!"),
|
||||||
|
_("You has found a bug, please report me"),
|
||||||
|
_("Feature yet implemented"),
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
static button_option options[]={
|
||||||
|
{1, {_("FIX"),} , {PED_EXCEPTION_FIX,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{1, {_("YES"),}, {PED_EXCEPTION_YES,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{1, {_("NO"),}, {PED_EXCEPTION_NO,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{1, {_("OK"),}, {PED_EXCEPTION_OK,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{1, {_("RETRY"),}, {PED_EXCEPTION_RETRY,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{1, {_("IGNORE"),}, {PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{1, {_("CANCEL"),}, {PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{2, {_("OK"),_("CANCEL"),}, {PED_EXCEPTION_OK,PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{2, {_("YES"),_("NO"),}, {PED_EXCEPTION_YES,PED_EXCEPTION_NO,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{3, {_("YES"),_("NO"),_("CANCEL"),},{PED_EXCEPTION_YES,PED_EXCEPTION_NO,PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,},{}},
|
||||||
|
{2, {_("IGNORE"),_("CANCEL"),}, {PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE,PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{2, {_("RETRY"),_("CANCEL"),}, {PED_EXCEPTION_RETRY,PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,},{} },
|
||||||
|
{3,{_("RETRY"),_("IGNORE"),_("CANCEL"),},{PED_EXCEPTION_RETRY,PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE,PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,},{}}
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*PedExceptionOption*/int do_message_window(const char *title, char* message, button_option *list_buttons)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
newtComponent form,text,button;
|
||||||
|
int i,x,y, size_button;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (message==NULL){
|
||||||
|
text=newtTextboxReflowed(1,1,"Has encontrado un bug",54,5,5,0);
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
text=newtTextboxReflowed(1,1,message,54,5,5,0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (title==NULL){
|
||||||
|
newtCenteredWindow(60,newtTextboxGetNumLines(text)+7,_("Warning"));
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
newtCenteredWindow(60,newtTextboxGetNumLines(text)+7,title);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
form=newtForm(NULL, NULL, 0);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddComponent(form,text);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
x=60/(list_buttons->num+1); /*separacion entre botones*/
|
||||||
|
y=newtTextboxGetNumLines(text)+2;
|
||||||
|
if (list_buttons==NULL) list_buttons=&options[3];
|
||||||
|
for (i=0; i<list_buttons->num; i++){
|
||||||
|
size_button=strlen(list_buttons->label[i])+5;
|
||||||
|
list_buttons->button[i]= newtButton(x*(i+1)-size_button/2,y,
|
||||||
|
list_buttons->label[i]);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddComponent(form,list_buttons->button[i]);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
button=newtRunForm(form);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for ( i =0; i <list_buttons->num; i++){
|
||||||
|
if (list_buttons->button[i]==button)
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*En button tenemos el boton que hizo que saliésemos de la
|
||||||
|
* pantalla*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtFormDestroy(form);
|
||||||
|
newtPopWindow();
|
||||||
|
if (i<list_buttons->num)
|
||||||
|
return list_buttons->op2ret[i];
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
return PED_EXCEPTION_UNHANDLED;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Cuando Ped lanza una excepción, ésta puede ser de varios tipos
|
||||||
|
* PED_EXCEPTION_NO_FEATURE
|
||||||
|
* PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION -> info general
|
||||||
|
* PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING
|
||||||
|
* PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR
|
||||||
|
* PED_EXCEPTION_FATAL
|
||||||
|
* PED_EXCEPTION_BUG
|
||||||
|
* y ésta exceptión puede esperar los siguientes tipos de respuesta:
|
||||||
|
* UNHANDLED -> significa que la excepción on fue manejada
|
||||||
|
* FIX -> algo que todavía hay que implementar
|
||||||
|
* YES ->
|
||||||
|
* NO ->
|
||||||
|
* OK ->
|
||||||
|
* RETRY
|
||||||
|
* IGNORE
|
||||||
|
* CANCEL
|
||||||
|
* todos estas opciones están en exception como una ó lógica.
|
||||||
|
* Así solo tenemos que mostrar el mensaje y una cantidad de respuestas
|
||||||
|
* a esperar por el usuario.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PedExceptionOption exception_handler( PedException* exception)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
button_option *list_button;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
switch (exception->options){
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_FIX:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[0];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_YES:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[1];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_NO:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[2];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_OK:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[3];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_RETRY:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[4];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[5];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[6];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_OK_CANCEL:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[7];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_YES_NO:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[8];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_YES_NO_CANCEL:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[9];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[10];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_RETRY_CANCEL:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[11];break;
|
||||||
|
case PED_EXCEPTION_RETRY_IGNORE_CANCEL:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[12];break;
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
list_button=&options[3];break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return do_message_window(names_exception_types[exception->type],
|
||||||
|
exception->message,list_button);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
59
exception_manager.h
Normal file
59
exception_manager.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
nparted - a frontend to libparted for manipulating disk partitions
|
||||||
|
thinked to dbootstrap
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 2000 Mario Teijeiro, Otero ,Esteve Fernández
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate, La Espiral
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mario Teijeiro Otero <asimovi@teleline.es>
|
||||||
|
Esteve Fernández < esteve@crosswinds.net >
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate <villate@fe.up.pt>
|
||||||
|
La Espiral http://www.laespiral.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef EXCEPTION_MANAGER_
|
||||||
|
#define EXCEPTION_MANAGER_
|
||||||
|
#include <parted/parted.h>
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_NLS
|
||||||
|
# define _(strint) (gettext(string))
|
||||||
|
# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
|
||||||
|
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define _(string) (string)
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <parted/parted.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <newt.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct _button_option button_option;
|
||||||
|
#define MAX_OPTIONS 5
|
||||||
|
struct _button_option{
|
||||||
|
int num; /* Numero de botones */
|
||||||
|
char* label[MAX_OPTIONS];/* etiquetas de cada botón*/
|
||||||
|
/*PedExceptionOption*/int op2ret[MAX_OPTIONS];
|
||||||
|
newtComponent button[MAX_OPTIONS];/* botón que representa */
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Saca una notificación, pregunta etc..., con los botones en list_buttons,
|
||||||
|
* que es la estructura de arriba, devuelve el valor de op2ret */
|
||||||
|
/*PedExceptionOption*/int do_message_window(const char *title,
|
||||||
|
char* message, button_option *list_buttons);
|
||||||
|
PedExceptionOption exception_handler( PedException* exception);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
251
install-sh
Executable file
251
install-sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
|
||||||
|
#!/bin/sh
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
|
||||||
|
# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
|
||||||
|
# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
|
||||||
|
# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
|
||||||
|
# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
|
||||||
|
# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
|
||||||
|
# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
|
||||||
|
# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
|
||||||
|
# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
|
||||||
|
# without express or implied warranty.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
|
||||||
|
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
|
||||||
|
# when there is no Makefile.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
|
||||||
|
# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
|
||||||
|
# shared with many OS's install programs.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
|
||||||
|
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
|
||||||
|
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
|
||||||
|
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
|
||||||
|
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
|
||||||
|
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
|
||||||
|
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
|
||||||
|
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
|
||||||
|
mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
transformbasename=""
|
||||||
|
transform_arg=""
|
||||||
|
instcmd="$mvprog"
|
||||||
|
chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
|
||||||
|
chowncmd=""
|
||||||
|
chgrpcmd=""
|
||||||
|
stripcmd=""
|
||||||
|
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
|
||||||
|
mvcmd="$mvprog"
|
||||||
|
src=""
|
||||||
|
dst=""
|
||||||
|
dir_arg=""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
|
||||||
|
case $1 in
|
||||||
|
-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
continue;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-d) dir_arg=true
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
continue;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
continue;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
continue;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
continue;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
continue;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
continue;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
continue;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
*) if [ x"$src" = x ]
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
src=$1
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
|
||||||
|
:
|
||||||
|
dst=$1
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
continue;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$src" = x ]
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
echo "install: no input file specified"
|
||||||
|
exit 1
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
true
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
|
||||||
|
dst=$src
|
||||||
|
src=""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ -d $dst ]; then
|
||||||
|
instcmd=:
|
||||||
|
chmodcmd=""
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
instcmd=mkdir
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
|
||||||
|
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
|
||||||
|
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
true
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
echo "install: $src does not exist"
|
||||||
|
exit 1
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$dst" = x ]
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
echo "install: no destination specified"
|
||||||
|
exit 1
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
true
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
|
||||||
|
# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ -d $dst ]
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
true
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
## this sed command emulates the dirname command
|
||||||
|
dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
|
||||||
|
# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
|
||||||
|
if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
|
||||||
|
defaultIFS='
|
||||||
|
'
|
||||||
|
IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
oIFS="${IFS}"
|
||||||
|
# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
|
||||||
|
IFS='%'
|
||||||
|
set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
|
||||||
|
IFS="${oIFS}"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pathcomp=''
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
|
||||||
|
pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
true
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
$doit $instcmd $dst &&
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
dstfile=`basename $dst`
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
|
||||||
|
sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
dstfile=`basename $dst`
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
true
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
|
||||||
|
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
|
||||||
|
# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
|
||||||
|
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
|
||||||
|
$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fi &&
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
exit 0
|
||||||
1086
intl/ChangeLog
Normal file
1086
intl/ChangeLog
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
214
intl/Makefile.in
Normal file
214
intl/Makefile.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
|
||||||
|
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
|
||||||
|
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
# any later version.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||||
|
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||||
|
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||||
|
top_builddir = ..
|
||||||
|
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||||
|
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||||
|
transform = @program_transform_name@
|
||||||
|
libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
|
||||||
|
includedir = $(prefix)/include
|
||||||
|
datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
|
||||||
|
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
|
||||||
|
gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
|
||||||
|
gettextsrcdir = @datadir@/gettext/intl
|
||||||
|
aliaspath = $(localedir):.
|
||||||
|
subdir = intl
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||||
|
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||||
|
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
l = @l@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AR = ar
|
||||||
|
CC = @CC@
|
||||||
|
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
|
||||||
|
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \
|
||||||
|
-DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" @DEFS@
|
||||||
|
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||||
|
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
|
||||||
|
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h loadinfo.h
|
||||||
|
COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
|
||||||
|
SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c
|
||||||
|
COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
|
||||||
|
finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
|
||||||
|
explodename.c
|
||||||
|
OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
|
||||||
|
finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
|
||||||
|
explodename.$lo
|
||||||
|
CATOBJS = cat-compat.$lo ../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo
|
||||||
|
GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
|
||||||
|
DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \
|
||||||
|
xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||||
|
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
|
||||||
|
DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc intlh.inst.in
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||||
|
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .lo
|
||||||
|
.c.o:
|
||||||
|
$(COMPILE) $<
|
||||||
|
.c.lo:
|
||||||
|
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
all-yes: libintl.$la intlh.inst
|
||||||
|
all-no:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
libintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||||
|
rm -f $@
|
||||||
|
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
|
||||||
|
$(RANLIB) $@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
libintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||||
|
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJECTS) \
|
||||||
|
-version-info 1:0 -rpath $(libdir)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot
|
||||||
|
cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.$lo
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
check: all
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
|
||||||
|
# only use the library should use install instead.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
|
||||||
|
# system which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a
|
||||||
|
# separate library or use the catgets interface. A special case is
|
||||||
|
# where configure found a previously installed GNU gettext library.
|
||||||
|
# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
|
||||||
|
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
|
||||||
|
install: install-exec install-data
|
||||||
|
install-exec: all
|
||||||
|
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
|
||||||
|
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
|
||||||
|
if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
|
||||||
|
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(libdir) $(includedir); \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir) $(includedir); \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
$(INSTALL_DATA) intlh.inst $(includedir)/libintl.h; \
|
||||||
|
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(libdir)/libintl.a; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
: ; \
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
install-data: all
|
||||||
|
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
|
||||||
|
if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
|
||||||
|
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
|
||||||
|
dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
|
||||||
|
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||||
|
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||||
|
done; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
: ; \
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
|
||||||
|
installcheck:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uninstall:
|
||||||
|
dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
|
||||||
|
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||||
|
rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
info dvi:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgettext.h
|
||||||
|
bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
|
||||||
|
dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
tags: TAGS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||||
|
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
id: ID
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||||
|
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean:
|
||||||
|
rm -f *.a *.o *.lo core core.*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
distclean: clean
|
||||||
|
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||||
|
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||||
|
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
|
||||||
|
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
|
||||||
|
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||||
|
dist distdir: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
|
||||||
|
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
|
||||||
|
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
for file in $(DISTFILES.common) $$additional; do \
|
||||||
|
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||||
|
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dist-libc:
|
||||||
|
tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
|
||||||
|
cd .. \
|
||||||
|
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# The dependency for intlh.inst is different in gettext and all other
|
||||||
|
# packages. Because we cannot you GNU make features we have to solve
|
||||||
|
# the problem while rewriting Makefile.in.
|
||||||
|
@GT_YES@intlh.inst: intlh.inst.in ../config.status
|
||||||
|
@GT_YES@ cd .. \
|
||||||
|
@GT_YES@ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= \
|
||||||
|
@GT_YES@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||||
|
@GT_NO@.PHONY: intlh.inst
|
||||||
|
@GT_NO@intlh.inst:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||||
|
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||||
|
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||||
1
intl/VERSION
Normal file
1
intl/VERSION
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||||
|
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.35
|
||||||
203
intl/bindtextdom.c
Normal file
203
intl/bindtextdom.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||||
|
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
void free ();
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include <strings.h>
|
||||||
|
# ifndef memcpy
|
||||||
|
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
|
||||||
|
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
|
||||||
|
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||||
|
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||||
|
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||||
|
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
|
||||||
|
# ifndef strdup
|
||||||
|
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||||
|
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
const char *dirname;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct binding *binding;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Some sanity checks. */
|
||||||
|
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
|
||||||
|
if (compare == 0)
|
||||||
|
/* We found it! */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
if (compare < 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* It is not in the list. */
|
||||||
|
binding = NULL;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||||
|
return binding == NULL ? (char *) _nl_default_dirname : binding->dirname;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (binding != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
|
||||||
|
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
|
||||||
|
old binding. */
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp (dirname, binding->dirname) != 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
char *new_dirname;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||||
|
new_dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||||
|
new_dirname = strdup (dirname);
|
||||||
|
if (new_dirname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||||
|
new_dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||||
|
if (new_dirname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
memcpy (new_dirname, dirname, len);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
|
||||||
|
free (binding->dirname);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
binding->dirname = new_dirname;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* We have to create a new binding. */
|
||||||
|
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||||
|
size_t len;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
struct binding *new_binding =
|
||||||
|
(struct binding *) malloc (sizeof (*new_binding));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (new_binding == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||||
|
new_binding->domainname = strdup (domainname);
|
||||||
|
if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||||
|
new_binding->domainname = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||||
|
if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||||
|
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||||
|
new_binding->dirname = strdup (dirname);
|
||||||
|
if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||||
|
new_binding->dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||||
|
if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
memcpy (new_binding->dirname, dirname, len);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Now enqueue it. */
|
||||||
|
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|
||||||
|
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||||
|
_nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||||
|
while (binding->next != NULL
|
||||||
|
&& strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
|
||||||
|
binding = binding->next;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
new_binding->next = binding->next;
|
||||||
|
binding->next = new_binding;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
binding = new_binding;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return binding->dirname;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||||
|
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
262
intl/cat-compat.c
Normal file
262
intl/cat-compat.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||||
|
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
# include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
char *getenv ();
|
||||||
|
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||||
|
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
|
||||||
|
# include <nl_types.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "libgettext.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
|
||||||
|
``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
|
||||||
|
setting of `local'.''
|
||||||
|
However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
|
||||||
|
defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
|
||||||
|
system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The catalog descriptor. */
|
||||||
|
static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Name of the default catalog. */
|
||||||
|
static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Name of currently used catalog. */
|
||||||
|
static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */
|
||||||
|
static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */
|
||||||
|
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||||
|
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
textdomain (domainname)
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
nl_catd new_catalog;
|
||||||
|
char *new_name;
|
||||||
|
size_t new_name_len;
|
||||||
|
char *lang;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \
|
||||||
|
&& defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||||
|
lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||||
|
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
|
||||||
|
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
|
||||||
|
lang = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
|
||||||
|
lang = "C";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */
|
||||||
|
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return (char *) catalog_name;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (domainname[0] == '\0')
|
||||||
|
domainname = default_catalog_name;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Compute length of added path element. */
|
||||||
|
new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
|
||||||
|
+ sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
|
||||||
|
+ sizeof (".cat");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
|
||||||
|
if (new_name == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
|
||||||
|
new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
|
||||||
|
sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
|
||||||
|
PACKAGE);
|
||||||
|
new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
free (new_name);
|
||||||
|
return (char *) catalog_name;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Close old catalog. */
|
||||||
|
if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||||
|
catclose (catalog);
|
||||||
|
if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
|
||||||
|
free ((char *) catalog_name);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
catalog = new_catalog;
|
||||||
|
catalog_name = new_name;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return (char *) catalog_name;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
const char *dirname;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
|
||||||
|
char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
|
||||||
|
size_t new_val_len;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */
|
||||||
|
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need
|
||||||
|
the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
|
||||||
|
peanuts. */
|
||||||
|
new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
|
||||||
|
+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
|
||||||
|
if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
old_val = NULL;
|
||||||
|
new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
|
||||||
|
+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
|
||||||
|
if (new_val == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# if HAVE_SETENV
|
||||||
|
cp = new_val;
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (old_val == NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
# if __STDC__
|
||||||
|
stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
|
||||||
|
stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
stpcpy (cp, old_val);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# if HAVE_SETENV
|
||||||
|
setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
|
||||||
|
free (new_val);
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
putenv (new_val);
|
||||||
|
/* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used
|
||||||
|
from now on. */
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return (char *) domainname;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#undef gettext
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
gettext (msg)
|
||||||
|
const char *msg;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int msgid;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||||
|
return (char *) msg;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1.
|
||||||
|
The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
|
||||||
|
which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */
|
||||||
|
msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
|
||||||
|
if (msgid == -1)
|
||||||
|
return (char *) msg;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
|
||||||
|
for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when
|
||||||
|
the string is not found return -1. */
|
||||||
|
static int
|
||||||
|
msg_to_cat_id (msg)
|
||||||
|
const char *msg;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int cnt;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
|
||||||
|
return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return -1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||||
|
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||||
|
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||||
|
to be defined. */
|
||||||
|
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||||
|
static char *
|
||||||
|
stpcpy (dest, src)
|
||||||
|
char *dest;
|
||||||
|
const char *src;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
|
||||||
|
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||||
|
return dest - 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
624
intl/dcgettext.c
Normal file
624
intl/dcgettext.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||||
|
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||||
|
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||||
|
#pragma alloca
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# ifndef alloca
|
||||||
|
char *alloca ();
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <errno.h>
|
||||||
|
#ifndef errno
|
||||||
|
extern int errno;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __set_errno
|
||||||
|
# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
char *getenv ();
|
||||||
|
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||||
|
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
void free ();
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||||
|
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include <strings.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# ifndef strchr
|
||||||
|
# define strchr index
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#include "hash-string.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||||
|
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||||
|
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||||
|
# define getcwd __getcwd
|
||||||
|
# ifndef stpcpy
|
||||||
|
# define stpcpy __stpcpy
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
|
||||||
|
char *getwd ();
|
||||||
|
# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
char *getcwd ();
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||||
|
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
|
||||||
|
#define PATH_INCR 32
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
|
||||||
|
/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
|
||||||
|
PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
|
||||||
|
later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
|
||||||
|
#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__))
|
||||||
|
# include <limits.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
|
||||||
|
# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX)
|
||||||
|
# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
|
||||||
|
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN)
|
||||||
|
# include <sys/param.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN)
|
||||||
|
# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef PATH_MAX
|
||||||
|
# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
|
||||||
|
``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
|
||||||
|
setting of `local'.''
|
||||||
|
However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
|
||||||
|
defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
|
||||||
|
system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
|
||||||
|
textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
|
||||||
|
const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
|
||||||
|
const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
|
||||||
|
const char _nl_default_dirname[] = GNULOCALEDIR;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
|
||||||
|
calls. */
|
||||||
|
struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||||
|
static char *find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
|
||||||
|
const char *msgid)) internal_function;
|
||||||
|
static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
|
||||||
|
static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
|
||||||
|
const char *categoryname))
|
||||||
|
internal_function;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
|
||||||
|
some additional code emulating it. */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||||
|
/* Nothing has to be done. */
|
||||||
|
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
|
||||||
|
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
struct block_list
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
void *address;
|
||||||
|
struct block_list *next;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
|
||||||
|
do { \
|
||||||
|
struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
|
||||||
|
/* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
|
||||||
|
the list. */ \
|
||||||
|
if (newp != NULL) { \
|
||||||
|
newp->address = (addr); \
|
||||||
|
newp->next = (list); \
|
||||||
|
(list) = newp; \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
} while (0)
|
||||||
|
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
|
||||||
|
do { \
|
||||||
|
while (list != NULL) { \
|
||||||
|
struct block_list *old = list; \
|
||||||
|
list = list->next; \
|
||||||
|
free (old); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
} while (0)
|
||||||
|
# undef alloca
|
||||||
|
# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
|
||||||
|
#endif /* have alloca */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||||
|
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||||
|
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||||
|
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||||
|
locale. */
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
const char *msgid;
|
||||||
|
int category;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||||
|
struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
|
||||||
|
struct binding *binding;
|
||||||
|
const char *categoryname;
|
||||||
|
const char *categoryvalue;
|
||||||
|
char *dirname, *xdomainname;
|
||||||
|
char *single_locale;
|
||||||
|
char *retval;
|
||||||
|
int saved_errno = errno;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
|
||||||
|
if (msgid == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
|
||||||
|
CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
|
||||||
|
defintion left this undefined. */
|
||||||
|
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* First find matching binding. */
|
||||||
|
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
|
||||||
|
if (compare == 0)
|
||||||
|
/* We found it! */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
if (compare < 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* It is not in the list. */
|
||||||
|
binding = NULL;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (binding == NULL)
|
||||||
|
dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||||
|
else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/')
|
||||||
|
dirname = binding->dirname;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
|
||||||
|
size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
|
||||||
|
size_t path_max;
|
||||||
|
char *ret;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX;
|
||||||
|
path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
|
||||||
|
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
__set_errno (0);
|
||||||
|
while ((ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
path_max += PATH_INCR;
|
||||||
|
dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
|
||||||
|
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
|
||||||
|
__set_errno (0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (ret == NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
|
||||||
|
error but simply return the default string. */
|
||||||
|
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||||
|
__set_errno (saved_errno);
|
||||||
|
return (char *) msgid;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
|
||||||
|
categoryname = category_to_name (category);
|
||||||
|
categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
|
||||||
|
+ strlen (domainname) + 5);
|
||||||
|
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
|
||||||
|
domainname),
|
||||||
|
".mo");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Creating working area. */
|
||||||
|
single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
|
||||||
|
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
|
||||||
|
got an ordered list of languages to consider for th translation. */
|
||||||
|
while (1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
|
||||||
|
while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
|
||||||
|
++categoryvalue;
|
||||||
|
if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
|
||||||
|
no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
|
||||||
|
by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
|
||||||
|
will take place. */
|
||||||
|
single_locale[0] = 'C';
|
||||||
|
single_locale[1] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
char *cp = single_locale;
|
||||||
|
while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
|
||||||
|
*cp = '\0';
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
|
||||||
|
domain. Return the MSGID. */
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
|
||||||
|
|| strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||||
|
__set_errno (saved_errno);
|
||||||
|
return (char *) msgid;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
|
||||||
|
DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
|
||||||
|
domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (domain != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
retval = find_msg (domain, msgid);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int cnt;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
retval = find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||||
|
__set_errno (saved_errno);
|
||||||
|
return retval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||||
|
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static char *
|
||||||
|
internal_function
|
||||||
|
find_msg (domain_file, msgid)
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
|
||||||
|
const char *msgid;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
size_t top, act, bottom;
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_domain *domain;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (domain_file->decided == 0)
|
||||||
|
_nl_load_domain (domain_file);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (domain_file->data == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
|
||||||
|
if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Use the hashing table. */
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (nstr == 0)
|
||||||
|
/* Hash table entry is empty. */
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
|
||||||
|
&& strcmp (msgid,
|
||||||
|
domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||||
|
domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0)
|
||||||
|
return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||||
|
domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
|
||||||
|
idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
idx += incr;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
|
||||||
|
if (nstr == 0)
|
||||||
|
/* Hash table entry is empty. */
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
|
||||||
|
&& strcmp (msgid,
|
||||||
|
domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||||
|
domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
|
||||||
|
== 0)
|
||||||
|
return (char *) domain->data
|
||||||
|
+ W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Now we try the default method: binary search in the sorted
|
||||||
|
array of messages. */
|
||||||
|
bottom = 0;
|
||||||
|
top = domain->nstrings;
|
||||||
|
while (bottom < top)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int cmp_val;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
act = (bottom + top) / 2;
|
||||||
|
cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, domain->data
|
||||||
|
+ W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||||
|
domain->orig_tab[act].offset));
|
||||||
|
if (cmp_val < 0)
|
||||||
|
top = act;
|
||||||
|
else if (cmp_val > 0)
|
||||||
|
bottom = act + 1;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If an translation is found return this. */
|
||||||
|
return bottom >= top ? NULL : (char *) domain->data
|
||||||
|
+ W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||||
|
domain->trans_tab[act].offset);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
|
||||||
|
static const char *
|
||||||
|
internal_function
|
||||||
|
category_to_name (category)
|
||||||
|
int category;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
const char *retval;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
switch (category)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#ifdef LC_COLLATE
|
||||||
|
case LC_COLLATE:
|
||||||
|
retval = "LC_COLLATE";
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifdef LC_CTYPE
|
||||||
|
case LC_CTYPE:
|
||||||
|
retval = "LC_CTYPE";
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifdef LC_MONETARY
|
||||||
|
case LC_MONETARY:
|
||||||
|
retval = "LC_MONETARY";
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
|
||||||
|
case LC_NUMERIC:
|
||||||
|
retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifdef LC_TIME
|
||||||
|
case LC_TIME:
|
||||||
|
retval = "LC_TIME";
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
|
||||||
|
case LC_MESSAGES:
|
||||||
|
retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
|
||||||
|
case LC_RESPONSE:
|
||||||
|
retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifdef LC_ALL
|
||||||
|
case LC_ALL:
|
||||||
|
/* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
|
||||||
|
value. */
|
||||||
|
retval = "LC_ALL";
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
/* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
|
||||||
|
retval = "LC_XXX";
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return retval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
|
||||||
|
static const char *
|
||||||
|
internal_function
|
||||||
|
guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
|
||||||
|
int category;
|
||||||
|
const char *categoryname;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
const char *retval;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
|
||||||
|
variable. This is a GNU extension. */
|
||||||
|
retval = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
|
||||||
|
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||||
|
return retval;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* `LANGUAGE' is not set. So we have to proceed with the POSIX
|
||||||
|
methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some
|
||||||
|
systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself. */
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||||
|
return setlocale (category, NULL);
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
/* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
|
||||||
|
retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||||
|
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||||
|
return retval;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
|
||||||
|
retval = getenv (categoryname);
|
||||||
|
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||||
|
return retval;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
|
||||||
|
retval = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||||
|
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||||
|
return retval;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is implementation
|
||||||
|
defined. */
|
||||||
|
return "C";
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||||
|
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||||
|
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||||
|
to be defined. */
|
||||||
|
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||||
|
static char *
|
||||||
|
stpcpy (dest, src)
|
||||||
|
char *dest;
|
||||||
|
const char *src;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
|
||||||
|
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||||
|
return dest - 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
|
||||||
|
program's end. */
|
||||||
|
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
|
||||||
|
free_mem (void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct binding *runp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (runp = _nl_domain_bindings; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
free (runp->domainname);
|
||||||
|
if (runp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
|
||||||
|
/* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
|
||||||
|
free (runp->dirname);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
|
||||||
|
/* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
|
||||||
|
free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
59
intl/dgettext.c
Normal file
59
intl/dgettext.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <locale.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||||
|
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||||
|
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||||
|
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
|
||||||
|
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
|
||||||
|
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
|
||||||
|
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
const char *msgid;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||||
|
weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
188
intl/explodename.c
Normal file
188
intl/explodename.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include <strings.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
|
||||||
|
#ifndef NULL
|
||||||
|
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
|
||||||
|
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define NULL 0
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int
|
||||||
|
_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
|
||||||
|
normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
|
||||||
|
char *name;
|
||||||
|
const char **language;
|
||||||
|
const char **modifier;
|
||||||
|
const char **territory;
|
||||||
|
const char **codeset;
|
||||||
|
const char **normalized_codeset;
|
||||||
|
const char **special;
|
||||||
|
const char **sponsor;
|
||||||
|
const char **revision;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
|
||||||
|
char *cp;
|
||||||
|
int mask;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
*modifier = NULL;
|
||||||
|
*territory = NULL;
|
||||||
|
*codeset = NULL;
|
||||||
|
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
|
||||||
|
*special = NULL;
|
||||||
|
*sponsor = NULL;
|
||||||
|
*revision = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
|
||||||
|
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
|
||||||
|
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
|
||||||
|
mask = 0;
|
||||||
|
syntax = undecided;
|
||||||
|
*language = cp = name;
|
||||||
|
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_' && cp[0] != '@'
|
||||||
|
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',')
|
||||||
|
++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (*language == cp)
|
||||||
|
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
|
||||||
|
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
|
||||||
|
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
|
||||||
|
else if (cp[0] == '_')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Next is the territory. */
|
||||||
|
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
*territory = ++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
|
||||||
|
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
|
||||||
|
++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mask |= TERRITORY;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (cp[0] == '.')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Next is the codeset. */
|
||||||
|
syntax = xpg;
|
||||||
|
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
*codeset = ++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
|
||||||
|
++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mask |= XPG_CODESET;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
|
||||||
|
cp - *codeset);
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
|
||||||
|
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Next is the modifier. */
|
||||||
|
syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
|
||||||
|
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
*modifier = ++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
|
||||||
|
&& cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
|
||||||
|
++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
syntax = cen;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (cp[0] == '+')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
|
||||||
|
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
*special = ++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
|
||||||
|
++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (cp[0] == ',')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
|
||||||
|
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
*sponsor = ++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
|
||||||
|
++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (cp[0] == '_')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
|
||||||
|
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
*revision = ++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mask |= CEN_REVISION;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
|
||||||
|
separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
|
||||||
|
if (syntax == xpg)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
|
||||||
|
mask &= ~TERRITORY;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
|
||||||
|
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
|
||||||
|
mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return mask;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
216
intl/finddomain.c
Normal file
216
intl/finddomain.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <errno.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||||
|
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
void free ();
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include <strings.h>
|
||||||
|
# ifndef memcpy
|
||||||
|
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# ifndef strchr
|
||||||
|
# define strchr index
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
/* List of already loaded domains. */
|
||||||
|
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
|
||||||
|
the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
|
||||||
|
established bindings. */
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||||
|
internal_function
|
||||||
|
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
|
||||||
|
const char *dirname;
|
||||||
|
char *locale;
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
|
||||||
|
const char *language;
|
||||||
|
const char *modifier;
|
||||||
|
const char *territory;
|
||||||
|
const char *codeset;
|
||||||
|
const char *normalized_codeset;
|
||||||
|
const char *special;
|
||||||
|
const char *sponsor;
|
||||||
|
const char *revision;
|
||||||
|
const char *alias_value;
|
||||||
|
int mask;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
and six parts for the CEN syntax:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
|
||||||
|
the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
|
||||||
|
looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
|
||||||
|
the following order:
|
||||||
|
(1) revision
|
||||||
|
(2) sponsor
|
||||||
|
(3) special
|
||||||
|
(4) codeset
|
||||||
|
(5) normalized codeset
|
||||||
|
(6) territory
|
||||||
|
(7) audience/modifier
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
|
||||||
|
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
|
||||||
|
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
|
||||||
|
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
|
||||||
|
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
|
||||||
|
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* We know something about this locale. */
|
||||||
|
int cnt;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (retval->decided == 0)
|
||||||
|
_nl_load_domain (retval);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (retval->data != NULL)
|
||||||
|
return retval;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
|
||||||
|
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
|
||||||
|
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
|
||||||
|
*overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
|
||||||
|
done. */
|
||||||
|
alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
|
||||||
|
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||||
|
locale = strdup (alias_value);
|
||||||
|
if (locale == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
|
||||||
|
locale = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||||
|
if (locale == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
|
||||||
|
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
|
||||||
|
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
|
||||||
|
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
|
||||||
|
&codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
|
||||||
|
&sponsor, &revision);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
|
||||||
|
generalization. */
|
||||||
|
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
|
||||||
|
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
|
||||||
|
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
|
||||||
|
sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
|
||||||
|
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||||
|
/* This means we are out of core. */
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (retval->decided == 0)
|
||||||
|
_nl_load_domain (retval);
|
||||||
|
if (retval->data == NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int cnt;
|
||||||
|
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
|
||||||
|
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
|
||||||
|
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
|
||||||
|
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||||
|
free (locale);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return retval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
|
||||||
|
free_mem (void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (runp != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
|
||||||
|
if (runp->data != NULL)
|
||||||
|
_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
|
||||||
|
runp = runp->next;
|
||||||
|
free (here);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
70
intl/gettext.c
Normal file
70
intl/gettext.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# define __need_NULL
|
||||||
|
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||||
|
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||||
|
# include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||||
|
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||||
|
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||||
|
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# define GETTEXT __gettext
|
||||||
|
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define GETTEXT gettext__
|
||||||
|
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||||
|
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||||
|
text). */
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
GETTEXT (msgid)
|
||||||
|
const char *msgid;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return DGETTEXT (NULL, msgid);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||||
|
weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
105
intl/gettext.h
Normal file
105
intl/gettext.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions.
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||||
|
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
|
||||||
|
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||||
|
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
|
||||||
|
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <limits.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
|
||||||
|
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
|
||||||
|
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
|
||||||
|
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
|
||||||
|
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
|
||||||
|
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
|
||||||
|
doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run*
|
||||||
|
the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables
|
||||||
|
is usually not possible. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if __STDC__
|
||||||
|
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
|
||||||
|
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
|
||||||
|
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
|
||||||
|
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef UINT_MAX
|
||||||
|
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||||
|
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||||
|
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||||
|
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
|
||||||
|
not portable enough. */
|
||||||
|
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
|
||||||
|
struct mo_file_header
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The magic number. */
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 magic;
|
||||||
|
/* The revision number of the file format. */
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 revision;
|
||||||
|
/* The number of strings pairs. */
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||||
|
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
|
||||||
|
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
|
||||||
|
/* Size of hashing table. */
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
|
||||||
|
/* Offset of first hashing entry. */
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct string_desc
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Length of addressed string. */
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||||
|
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* gettext.h */
|
||||||
89
intl/gettextP.h
Normal file
89
intl/gettextP.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Header describing internals of gettext library
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||||
|
#define _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||||
|
# if __STDC__
|
||||||
|
# define PARAMS(args) args
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define PARAMS(args) ()
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||||
|
# define internal_function
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef W
|
||||||
|
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <byteswap.h>
|
||||||
|
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
static nls_uint32 SWAP PARAMS ((nls_uint32 i));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static inline nls_uint32
|
||||||
|
SWAP (i)
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 i;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_domain
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
const char *data;
|
||||||
|
int use_mmap;
|
||||||
|
size_t mmap_size;
|
||||||
|
int must_swap;
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||||
|
struct string_desc *orig_tab;
|
||||||
|
struct string_desc *trans_tab;
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 hash_size;
|
||||||
|
nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct binding
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct binding *next;
|
||||||
|
char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
char *dirname;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
|
||||||
|
char *__locale,
|
||||||
|
const char *__domainname))
|
||||||
|
internal_function;
|
||||||
|
void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain))
|
||||||
|
internal_function;
|
||||||
|
void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
|
||||||
|
internal_function;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* gettextP.h */
|
||||||
59
intl/hash-string.h
Normal file
59
intl/hash-string.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Implements a string hashing function.
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||||
|
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
|
||||||
|
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||||
|
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||||
|
# if __STDC__
|
||||||
|
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
|
||||||
|
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
|
||||||
|
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
|
||||||
|
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
|
||||||
|
static unsigned long hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static inline unsigned long
|
||||||
|
hash_string (str_param)
|
||||||
|
const char *str_param;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
unsigned long int hval, g;
|
||||||
|
const char *str = str_param;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
|
||||||
|
hval = 0;
|
||||||
|
while (*str != '\0')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
hval <<= 4;
|
||||||
|
hval += (unsigned long) *str++;
|
||||||
|
g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
|
||||||
|
if (g != 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
|
||||||
|
hval ^= g;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return hval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
76
intl/intl-compat.c
Normal file
76
intl/intl-compat.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||||
|
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
|
||||||
|
Library.
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "libgettext.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#undef gettext
|
||||||
|
#undef dgettext
|
||||||
|
#undef dcgettext
|
||||||
|
#undef textdomain
|
||||||
|
#undef bindtextdomain
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
const char *dirname;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
const char *msgid;
|
||||||
|
int category;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
const char *msgid;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
gettext (msgid)
|
||||||
|
const char *msgid;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return gettext__ (msgid);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
textdomain (domainname)
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return textdomain__ (domainname);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
411
intl/l10nflist.c
Normal file
411
intl/l10nflist.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||||
|
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include <strings.h>
|
||||||
|
# ifndef memcpy
|
||||||
|
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# ifndef strchr
|
||||||
|
# define strchr index
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
|
||||||
|
# include <argz.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
|
||||||
|
#ifndef NULL
|
||||||
|
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
|
||||||
|
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define NULL 0
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||||
|
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||||
|
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||||
|
# ifndef stpcpy
|
||||||
|
# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||||
|
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
|
||||||
|
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
|
||||||
|
static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static size_t
|
||||||
|
argz_count__ (argz, len)
|
||||||
|
const char *argz;
|
||||||
|
size_t len;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
size_t count = 0;
|
||||||
|
while (len > 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
|
||||||
|
argz += part_len + 1;
|
||||||
|
len -= part_len + 1;
|
||||||
|
count++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return count;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
# undef __argz_count
|
||||||
|
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
|
||||||
|
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
|
||||||
|
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
|
||||||
|
except the last into the character SEP. */
|
||||||
|
static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void
|
||||||
|
argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
|
||||||
|
char *argz;
|
||||||
|
size_t len;
|
||||||
|
int sep;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
while (len > 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
|
||||||
|
argz += part_len;
|
||||||
|
len -= part_len + 1;
|
||||||
|
if (len > 0)
|
||||||
|
*argz++ = sep;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
# undef __argz_stringify
|
||||||
|
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
|
||||||
|
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
|
||||||
|
static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
|
||||||
|
const char *entry));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static char *
|
||||||
|
argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
|
||||||
|
char *argz;
|
||||||
|
size_t argz_len;
|
||||||
|
const char *entry;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (entry)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (entry < argz + argz_len)
|
||||||
|
entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
if (argz_len > 0)
|
||||||
|
return argz;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
# undef __argz_next
|
||||||
|
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
|
||||||
|
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
|
||||||
|
static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static inline int
|
||||||
|
pop (x)
|
||||||
|
int x;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
|
||||||
|
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
|
||||||
|
x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
|
||||||
|
x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
|
||||||
|
x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return x;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||||
|
_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
|
||||||
|
territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
|
||||||
|
sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
|
||||||
|
const char *dirlist;
|
||||||
|
size_t dirlist_len;
|
||||||
|
int mask;
|
||||||
|
const char *language;
|
||||||
|
const char *territory;
|
||||||
|
const char *codeset;
|
||||||
|
const char *normalized_codeset;
|
||||||
|
const char *modifier;
|
||||||
|
const char *special;
|
||||||
|
const char *sponsor;
|
||||||
|
const char *revision;
|
||||||
|
const char *filename;
|
||||||
|
int do_allocate;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
char *abs_filename;
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
|
||||||
|
char *cp;
|
||||||
|
size_t entries;
|
||||||
|
int cnt;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
|
||||||
|
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
|
||||||
|
+ strlen (language)
|
||||||
|
+ ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
|
||||||
|
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
|
||||||
|
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
|
||||||
|
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
|
||||||
|
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
|
||||||
|
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
|
||||||
|
+ (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
|
||||||
|
|| (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
|
||||||
|
? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
|
||||||
|
+ ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
|
||||||
|
? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
|
||||||
|
+ (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|
||||||
|
|| (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
|
||||||
|
? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|
||||||
|
? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
|
||||||
|
+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
|
||||||
|
? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
|
||||||
|
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (abs_filename == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
retval = NULL;
|
||||||
|
last = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Construct file name. */
|
||||||
|
memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
|
||||||
|
__argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':');
|
||||||
|
cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = '/';
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = '_';
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = '.';
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = '.';
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
|
||||||
|
leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = '+';
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = ',';
|
||||||
|
if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
|
||||||
|
if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = '_';
|
||||||
|
cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = '/';
|
||||||
|
stpcpy (cp, filename);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
|
||||||
|
available. */
|
||||||
|
last = NULL;
|
||||||
|
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
|
||||||
|
if (retval->filename != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
|
||||||
|
if (compare == 0)
|
||||||
|
/* We found it! */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
if (compare < 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* It's not in the list. */
|
||||||
|
retval = NULL;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
last = retval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
free (abs_filename);
|
||||||
|
return retval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
|
||||||
|
malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
|
||||||
|
* (1 << pop (mask))
|
||||||
|
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
|
||||||
|
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
retval->filename = abs_filename;
|
||||||
|
retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
|
||||||
|
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
|
||||||
|
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
|
||||||
|
retval->data = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (last == NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
|
||||||
|
*l10nfile_list = retval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
retval->next = last->next;
|
||||||
|
last->next = retval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
entries = 0;
|
||||||
|
/* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
|
||||||
|
a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
|
||||||
|
of the inner loop. */
|
||||||
|
cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
|
||||||
|
for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
|
||||||
|
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
|
||||||
|
&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
|
||||||
|
&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
|
||||||
|
char *dir = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
|
||||||
|
!= NULL)
|
||||||
|
retval->successor[entries++]
|
||||||
|
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
|
||||||
|
language, territory, codeset,
|
||||||
|
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
|
||||||
|
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return retval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
|
||||||
|
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
|
||||||
|
names. */
|
||||||
|
const char *
|
||||||
|
_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
|
||||||
|
const unsigned char *codeset;
|
||||||
|
size_t name_len;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int len = 0;
|
||||||
|
int only_digit = 1;
|
||||||
|
char *retval;
|
||||||
|
char *wp;
|
||||||
|
size_t cnt;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
|
||||||
|
if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
++len;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
|
||||||
|
only_digit = 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (only_digit)
|
||||||
|
wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
wp = retval;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
|
||||||
|
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
|
||||||
|
*wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
|
||||||
|
else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
|
||||||
|
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
*wp = '\0';
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return (const char *) retval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||||
|
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||||
|
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||||
|
to be defined. */
|
||||||
|
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||||
|
static char *
|
||||||
|
stpcpy (dest, src)
|
||||||
|
char *dest;
|
||||||
|
const char *src;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
|
||||||
|
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||||
|
return dest - 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
182
intl/libgettext.h
Normal file
182
intl/libgettext.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include
|
||||||
|
the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex
|
||||||
|
include protection above. But the systems header might perhaps also
|
||||||
|
define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined _LIBINTL_H || !defined _LIBGETTEXT_H
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
|
||||||
|
# define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||||
|
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||||
|
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
|
||||||
|
# include <locale.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||||
|
# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
# define PARAMS(args) args
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define PARAMS(args) ()
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef NULL
|
||||||
|
# if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__
|
||||||
|
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define NULL (0)
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||||
|
/* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext()
|
||||||
|
function. But some system does not have this defined. Define it
|
||||||
|
to a default value. */
|
||||||
|
# define LC_MESSAGES (-1)
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface. Derived from
|
||||||
|
Jim Meyering's libintl.h. */
|
||||||
|
struct _msg_ent
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
const char *_msg;
|
||||||
|
int _msg_number;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if HAVE_CATGETS
|
||||||
|
/* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed
|
||||||
|
generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'. */
|
||||||
|
extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[];
|
||||||
|
extern int _msg_tbl_length;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
|
||||||
|
translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
|
||||||
|
#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||||
|
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||||
|
text). */
|
||||||
|
extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
|
||||||
|
extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||||
|
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||||
|
extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
|
||||||
|
extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||||
|
const char *__msgid));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||||
|
locale. */
|
||||||
|
extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||||
|
int __category));
|
||||||
|
extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||||
|
const char *__msgid, int __category));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||||
|
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||||
|
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||||
|
extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
|
||||||
|
extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||||
|
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||||
|
extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||||
|
const char *__dirname));
|
||||||
|
extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||||
|
const char *__dirname));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if ENABLE_NLS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing.
|
||||||
|
So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3. BTW, Solaris 2.4
|
||||||
|
has dcgettext. */
|
||||||
|
# if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define gettext(Msgid) \
|
||||||
|
dgettext (NULL, Msgid)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) \
|
||||||
|
dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7
|
||||||
|
/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign,
|
||||||
|
whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
|
||||||
|
translations. */
|
||||||
|
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
|
||||||
|
(__extension__ \
|
||||||
|
({ \
|
||||||
|
char *__result; \
|
||||||
|
if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid)) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
static char *__translation__; \
|
||||||
|
static int __catalog_counter__; \
|
||||||
|
if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
__translation__ = \
|
||||||
|
dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \
|
||||||
|
__catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
__result = __translation__; \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
__result = dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \
|
||||||
|
__result; \
|
||||||
|
}))
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
|
||||||
|
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
|
||||||
|
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
|
||||||
|
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) Domainname)
|
||||||
|
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) Dirname)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
100
intl/linux-msg.sed
Normal file
100
intl/linux-msg.sed
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||||
|
# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
|
||||||
|
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
# any later version.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
|
||||||
|
# message set number. We use always set number 1.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
1 {
|
||||||
|
i\
|
||||||
|
$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
|
||||||
|
h
|
||||||
|
s/.*/0/
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
/^msgid/ {
|
||||||
|
s/msgid[ ]*"//
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This does not work now with the new format.
|
||||||
|
# /"$/! {
|
||||||
|
# s/\\$//
|
||||||
|
# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
|
||||||
|
# }
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
# The following nice solution is by
|
||||||
|
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
||||||
|
td
|
||||||
|
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
|
||||||
|
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
|
||||||
|
:d
|
||||||
|
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
|
||||||
|
td
|
||||||
|
# Assure at least one digit is available.
|
||||||
|
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
|
||||||
|
# Increment the last digit.
|
||||||
|
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
|
||||||
|
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
|
||||||
|
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
|
||||||
|
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
|
||||||
|
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
|
||||||
|
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
|
||||||
|
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
|
||||||
|
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
|
||||||
|
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
|
||||||
|
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
|
||||||
|
s/_/0/g
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
G
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
|
||||||
|
# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
|
||||||
|
# each message we assign them to the messages.
|
||||||
|
# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
|
||||||
|
# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
|
||||||
|
# of declarations must not be changed.)
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
/^msgstr/ {
|
||||||
|
s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
|
||||||
|
# Clear substitution flag.
|
||||||
|
tb
|
||||||
|
# Append the next line.
|
||||||
|
:b
|
||||||
|
N
|
||||||
|
# Look whether second part is continuation line.
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
|
||||||
|
# Yes, then branch.
|
||||||
|
ta
|
||||||
|
P
|
||||||
|
D
|
||||||
|
# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
|
||||||
|
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
|
||||||
|
:a
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
|
||||||
|
P
|
||||||
|
# We cannot use D here.
|
||||||
|
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
|
||||||
|
tb
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
d
|
||||||
76
intl/loadinfo.h
Normal file
76
intl/loadinfo.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||||
|
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||||
|
# if __STDC__
|
||||||
|
# define PARAMS(args) args
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define PARAMS(args) ()
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
|
||||||
|
#define CEN_REVISION 1
|
||||||
|
#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
|
||||||
|
#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
|
||||||
|
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
|
||||||
|
#define XPG_CODESET 16
|
||||||
|
#define TERRITORY 32
|
||||||
|
#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
|
||||||
|
#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
|
||||||
|
#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
const char *filename;
|
||||||
|
int decided;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
const void *data;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const unsigned char *codeset,
|
||||||
|
size_t name_len));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||||
|
_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
|
||||||
|
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
|
||||||
|
const char *language, const char *territory,
|
||||||
|
const char *codeset,
|
||||||
|
const char *normalized_codeset,
|
||||||
|
const char *modifier, const char *special,
|
||||||
|
const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
|
||||||
|
const char *filename, int do_allocate));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
|
||||||
|
const char **modifier,
|
||||||
|
const char **territory,
|
||||||
|
const char **codeset,
|
||||||
|
const char **normalized_codeset,
|
||||||
|
const char **special,
|
||||||
|
const char **sponsor,
|
||||||
|
const char **revision));
|
||||||
222
intl/loadmsgcat.c
Normal file
222
intl/loadmsgcat.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Load needed message catalogs.
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP) || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <sys/mman.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||||
|
because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||||
|
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||||
|
# define open __open
|
||||||
|
# define close __close
|
||||||
|
# define read __read
|
||||||
|
# define mmap __mmap
|
||||||
|
# define munmap __munmap
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
|
||||||
|
with all translations. This is important if the translations are
|
||||||
|
cached by one of GCC's features. */
|
||||||
|
int _nl_msg_cat_cntr = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
|
||||||
|
message catalog do nothing. */
|
||||||
|
void
|
||||||
|
internal_function
|
||||||
|
_nl_load_domain (domain_file)
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int fd;
|
||||||
|
size_t size;
|
||||||
|
struct stat st;
|
||||||
|
struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
|
||||||
|
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|
||||||
|
|| defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
int use_mmap = 0;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_domain *domain;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
domain_file->decided = 1;
|
||||||
|
domain_file->data = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
|
||||||
|
might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
|
||||||
|
specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
|
||||||
|
syntax. */
|
||||||
|
if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Try to open the addressed file. */
|
||||||
|
fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY);
|
||||||
|
if (fd == -1)
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We must know about the size of the file. */
|
||||||
|
if (fstat (fd, &st) != 0
|
||||||
|
|| (size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size
|
||||||
|
|| size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Something went wrong. */
|
||||||
|
close (fd);
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|
||||||
|
|| defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
|
||||||
|
this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
|
||||||
|
data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
|
||||||
|
MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* mmap() call was successful. */
|
||||||
|
close (fd);
|
||||||
|
use_mmap = 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
|
||||||
|
it manually. */
|
||||||
|
if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
size_t to_read;
|
||||||
|
char *read_ptr;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
|
||||||
|
if (data == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
to_read = size;
|
||||||
|
read_ptr = (char *) data;
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
|
||||||
|
if (nb == -1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
close (fd);
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
read_ptr += nb;
|
||||||
|
to_read -= nb;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
while (to_read > 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
close (fd);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
|
||||||
|
catalog file. */
|
||||||
|
if (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
|
||||||
|
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|
||||||
|
|| defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
if (use_mmap)
|
||||||
|
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
free (data);
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
domain_file->data
|
||||||
|
= (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
|
||||||
|
if (domain_file->data == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
|
||||||
|
domain->data = (char *) data;
|
||||||
|
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|
||||||
|
|| defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
domain->mmap_size = size;
|
||||||
|
domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
|
||||||
|
switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case 0:
|
||||||
|
domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
|
||||||
|
domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
|
||||||
|
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
|
||||||
|
domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
|
||||||
|
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
|
||||||
|
domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
|
||||||
|
domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
|
||||||
|
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
/* This is an illegal revision. */
|
||||||
|
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|
||||||
|
|| defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
if (use_mmap)
|
||||||
|
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
free (data);
|
||||||
|
free (domain);
|
||||||
|
domain_file->data = NULL;
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Show that one domain is changed. This might make some cached
|
||||||
|
translations invalid. */
|
||||||
|
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
void
|
||||||
|
internal_function
|
||||||
|
_nl_unload_domain (domain)
|
||||||
|
struct loaded_domain *domain;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (domain->use_mmap)
|
||||||
|
munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
free ((void *) domain->data);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
free (domain);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
424
intl/localealias.c
Normal file
424
intl/localealias.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||||
|
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||||
|
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||||
|
#pragma alloca
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# ifndef alloca
|
||||||
|
char *alloca ();
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
char *getenv ();
|
||||||
|
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||||
|
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
void free ();
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||||
|
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include <strings.h>
|
||||||
|
# ifndef memcpy
|
||||||
|
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# ifndef strchr
|
||||||
|
# define strchr index
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||||
|
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||||
|
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||||
|
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
|
||||||
|
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
|
||||||
|
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
|
||||||
|
some additional code emulating it. */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||||
|
/* Nothing has to be done. */
|
||||||
|
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
|
||||||
|
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
struct block_list
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
void *address;
|
||||||
|
struct block_list *next;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
|
||||||
|
do { \
|
||||||
|
struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
|
||||||
|
/* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
|
||||||
|
the list. */ \
|
||||||
|
if (newp != NULL) { \
|
||||||
|
newp->address = (addr); \
|
||||||
|
newp->next = (list); \
|
||||||
|
(list) = newp; \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
} while (0)
|
||||||
|
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
|
||||||
|
do { \
|
||||||
|
while (list != NULL) { \
|
||||||
|
struct block_list *old = list; \
|
||||||
|
list = list->next; \
|
||||||
|
free (old); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
} while (0)
|
||||||
|
# undef alloca
|
||||||
|
# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
|
||||||
|
#endif /* have alloca */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct alias_map
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
const char *alias;
|
||||||
|
const char *value;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static char *string_space = NULL;
|
||||||
|
static size_t string_space_act = 0;
|
||||||
|
static size_t string_space_max = 0;
|
||||||
|
static struct alias_map *map;
|
||||||
|
static size_t nmap = 0;
|
||||||
|
static size_t maxmap = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||||
|
static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
|
||||||
|
internal_function;
|
||||||
|
static void extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
|
||||||
|
static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
|
||||||
|
const struct alias_map *map2));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
const char *
|
||||||
|
_nl_expand_alias (name)
|
||||||
|
const char *name;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
|
||||||
|
struct alias_map *retval;
|
||||||
|
const char *result = NULL;
|
||||||
|
size_t added;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct alias_map item;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
item.alias = name;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (nmap > 0)
|
||||||
|
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
|
||||||
|
sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||||
|
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
|
||||||
|
const void *))
|
||||||
|
) alias_compare);
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
retval = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
|
||||||
|
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
result = retval->value;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
|
||||||
|
added = 0;
|
||||||
|
while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
const char *start;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':')
|
||||||
|
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||||
|
start = locale_alias_path;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':')
|
||||||
|
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (start < locale_alias_path)
|
||||||
|
added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
while (added != 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return result;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static size_t
|
||||||
|
internal_function
|
||||||
|
read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
|
||||||
|
const char *fname;
|
||||||
|
int fname_len;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||||
|
struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
FILE *fp;
|
||||||
|
char *full_fname;
|
||||||
|
size_t added;
|
||||||
|
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||||
|
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, full_fname);
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
|
||||||
|
mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
|
||||||
|
aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
|
||||||
|
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
|
||||||
|
if (fp == NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
added = 0;
|
||||||
|
while (!feof (fp))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
|
||||||
|
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
|
||||||
|
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
|
||||||
|
be that long
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
unsigned char buf[BUFSIZ];
|
||||||
|
unsigned char *alias;
|
||||||
|
unsigned char *value;
|
||||||
|
unsigned char *cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||||
|
/* EOF reached. */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
|
||||||
|
the rest of the line. */
|
||||||
|
if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||||
|
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
|
||||||
|
will exit at the `feof' test. */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
cp = buf;
|
||||||
|
/* Ignore leading white space. */
|
||||||
|
while (isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||||
|
++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
|
||||||
|
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
alias = cp++;
|
||||||
|
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||||
|
++cp;
|
||||||
|
/* Terminate alias name. */
|
||||||
|
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
|
||||||
|
while (isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||||
|
++cp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
size_t alias_len;
|
||||||
|
size_t value_len;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
value = cp++;
|
||||||
|
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||||
|
++cp;
|
||||||
|
/* Terminate value. */
|
||||||
|
if (cp[0] == '\n')
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* This has to be done to make the following test
|
||||||
|
for the end of line possible. We are looking for
|
||||||
|
the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||||
|
*cp = '\n';
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||||
|
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (nmap >= maxmap)
|
||||||
|
extend_alias_table ();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
|
||||||
|
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Increase size of memory pool. */
|
||||||
|
size_t new_size = (string_space_max
|
||||||
|
+ (alias_len + value_len > 1024
|
||||||
|
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
|
||||||
|
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
|
||||||
|
if (new_pool == NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||||
|
return added;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
string_space = new_pool;
|
||||||
|
string_space_max = new_size;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
|
||||||
|
alias, alias_len);
|
||||||
|
string_space_act += alias_len;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
|
||||||
|
value, value_len);
|
||||||
|
string_space_act += value_len;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
++nmap;
|
||||||
|
++added;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
|
||||||
|
errors. --drepper */
|
||||||
|
fclose (fp);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (added > 0)
|
||||||
|
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||||
|
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||||
|
return added;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void
|
||||||
|
extend_alias_table ()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
size_t new_size;
|
||||||
|
struct alias_map *new_map;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
|
||||||
|
new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
|
||||||
|
* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
|
||||||
|
if (new_map == NULL)
|
||||||
|
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
map = new_map;
|
||||||
|
maxmap = new_size;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
|
||||||
|
free_mem (void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (string_space != NULL)
|
||||||
|
free (string_space);
|
||||||
|
if (map != NULL)
|
||||||
|
free (map);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int
|
||||||
|
alias_compare (map1, map2)
|
||||||
|
const struct alias_map *map1;
|
||||||
|
const struct alias_map *map2;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||||
|
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
|
||||||
|
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
|
||||||
|
unsigned char c1, c2;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (p1 == p2)
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
|
||||||
|
some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
|
||||||
|
c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
|
||||||
|
c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
|
||||||
|
if (c1 == '\0')
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
++p1;
|
||||||
|
++p2;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
while (c1 == c2);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return c1 - c2;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
102
intl/po2tbl.sed.in
Normal file
102
intl/po2tbl.sed.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||||
|
# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
|
||||||
|
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
# any later version.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
1 {
|
||||||
|
i\
|
||||||
|
/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>\
|
||||||
|
#endif\
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
#include "libgettext.h"\
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
|
||||||
|
h
|
||||||
|
s/.*/0/
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# Write msgid entries in C array form.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
/^msgid/ {
|
||||||
|
s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/
|
||||||
|
tb
|
||||||
|
# Append the next line
|
||||||
|
:b
|
||||||
|
N
|
||||||
|
# Look whether second part is continuation line.
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
|
||||||
|
# Yes, then branch.
|
||||||
|
ta
|
||||||
|
# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
|
||||||
|
# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore
|
||||||
|
# it.
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
|
||||||
|
bc
|
||||||
|
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
|
||||||
|
:a
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
|
||||||
|
P
|
||||||
|
# We cannot use D here.
|
||||||
|
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
|
||||||
|
# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
|
||||||
|
# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
|
||||||
|
tb
|
||||||
|
# Not reached
|
||||||
|
:c
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
# The following nice solution is by
|
||||||
|
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
||||||
|
td
|
||||||
|
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
|
||||||
|
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
|
||||||
|
:d
|
||||||
|
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
|
||||||
|
td
|
||||||
|
# Assure at least one digit is available.
|
||||||
|
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
|
||||||
|
# Increment the last digit.
|
||||||
|
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
|
||||||
|
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
|
||||||
|
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
|
||||||
|
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
|
||||||
|
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
|
||||||
|
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
|
||||||
|
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
|
||||||
|
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
|
||||||
|
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
|
||||||
|
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
|
||||||
|
s/_/0/g
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
G
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
|
||||||
|
p
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# Last line.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
$ {
|
||||||
|
i\
|
||||||
|
};\
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
g
|
||||||
|
s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
d
|
||||||
108
intl/textdomain.c
Normal file
108
intl/textdomain.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||||
|
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include <strings.h>
|
||||||
|
# ifndef memcpy
|
||||||
|
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Name of the default text domain. */
|
||||||
|
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
|
||||||
|
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||||
|
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||||
|
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||||
|
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
|
||||||
|
# ifndef strdup
|
||||||
|
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||||
|
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||||
|
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||||
|
char *
|
||||||
|
TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
|
||||||
|
const char *domainname;
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
char *old;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
|
||||||
|
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
old = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
|
||||||
|
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|
||||||
|
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
|
||||||
|
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
|
||||||
|
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
|
||||||
|
are out of core. */
|
||||||
|
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||||
|
_nl_current_default_domain = strdup (domainname);
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||||
|
char *cp = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||||
|
if (cp != NULL)
|
||||||
|
memcpy (cp, domainname, len);
|
||||||
|
_nl_current_default_domain = cp;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (old != _nl_default_default_domain)
|
||||||
|
free (old);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||||
|
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||||
|
weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
104
intl/xopen-msg.sed
Normal file
104
intl/xopen-msg.sed
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
|
||||||
|
# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
|
||||||
|
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
# any later version.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
|
||||||
|
# message set number. We use always set number 1.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
1 {
|
||||||
|
i\
|
||||||
|
$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
|
||||||
|
h
|
||||||
|
s/.*/0/
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
/^msgid/ {
|
||||||
|
# Does not work now
|
||||||
|
# /"$/! {
|
||||||
|
# s/\\$//
|
||||||
|
# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
|
||||||
|
# }
|
||||||
|
s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
|
||||||
|
p
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
|
||||||
|
# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
|
||||||
|
# each message we assign them to the messages.
|
||||||
|
# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
|
||||||
|
# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
|
||||||
|
# of declarations must not be changed.)
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
/^msgstr/ {
|
||||||
|
s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
# The following nice solution is by
|
||||||
|
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
||||||
|
td
|
||||||
|
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
|
||||||
|
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
|
||||||
|
:d
|
||||||
|
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
|
||||||
|
td
|
||||||
|
# Assure at least one digit is available.
|
||||||
|
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
|
||||||
|
# Increment the last digit.
|
||||||
|
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
|
||||||
|
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
|
||||||
|
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
|
||||||
|
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
|
||||||
|
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
|
||||||
|
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
|
||||||
|
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
|
||||||
|
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
|
||||||
|
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
|
||||||
|
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
|
||||||
|
s/_/0/g
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
|
||||||
|
G
|
||||||
|
s/^[^\n]*$/& /
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
|
||||||
|
# Clear flag from last substitution.
|
||||||
|
tb
|
||||||
|
# Append the next line.
|
||||||
|
:b
|
||||||
|
N
|
||||||
|
# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
|
||||||
|
# Yes, then branch.
|
||||||
|
ta
|
||||||
|
P
|
||||||
|
D
|
||||||
|
# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
|
||||||
|
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
|
||||||
|
:a
|
||||||
|
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
|
||||||
|
P
|
||||||
|
# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
|
||||||
|
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
|
||||||
|
tb
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
d
|
||||||
284
main.c
Normal file
284
main.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
nparted - a frontend to libparted for manipulating disk partitions
|
||||||
|
thinked to dbootstrap
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Mario Teijeiro Otero Esteve Fernández
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate La Espiral
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mario Teijeiro Otero <asimovi@teleline.es>
|
||||||
|
Esteve Fernández < esteve@crosswinds.net >
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate <villate@fe.up.pt>
|
||||||
|
La Espiral http://www.laespiral.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Consideraciones, es mejor abrir y cerrar todos los disks y devices
|
||||||
|
* que se utilicen , no dejarlos abiertos y que se cierren cuando se
|
||||||
|
* salga. así es más fácil de que no se nos escape algúna estructura
|
||||||
|
* sin cerrar
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include "nparted.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char ptrb[256];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
size screen_size;
|
||||||
|
size mainwin_size;
|
||||||
|
typedef struct _itemlist itemlist;
|
||||||
|
struct _itemlist{
|
||||||
|
char dev[20]; /*Nombre del dispositivo al cual pertenece */
|
||||||
|
int part; /* Número de partición -1 si es un disco*/
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void done_parted(void);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* crea una lista de componentes con data un itemlist*/
|
||||||
|
int do_list_disks( newtComponent list )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDevice *dev;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *part;
|
||||||
|
PedDisk *disk;
|
||||||
|
PedGeometry *geom;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystemType *fs_type;
|
||||||
|
itemlist *item;
|
||||||
|
char fs_name[40];
|
||||||
|
int i;
|
||||||
|
long long tam,start,end;
|
||||||
|
dev=NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (i=0;(dev=ped_device_get_next(dev))!=NULL;i++){
|
||||||
|
tam=(dev->sector_size*dev->length)/(1024*1024);
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,"%s: %s-%s(%d-%d-%d %dB/sec) %LdMb",dev->path,
|
||||||
|
get_name_device_type(dev->type),
|
||||||
|
dev->model,dev->heads,dev->sectors,
|
||||||
|
dev->cylinders, dev->sector_size, tam);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
item=(itemlist*)NP_malloc(sizeof(itemlist));
|
||||||
|
strcpy(item->dev,dev->path);
|
||||||
|
item->dev[8]='\0';
|
||||||
|
item->part=-1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtListboxAppendEntry(list,ptrb,item);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk=ped_disk_open(dev);
|
||||||
|
part=NULL;
|
||||||
|
if (disk==NULL){
|
||||||
|
if(ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_FATAL,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE+
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Device detected, but I can't open it"))==
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL){
|
||||||
|
done_parted();
|
||||||
|
exit (-1);
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
continue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
while((part=ped_disk_next_partition(disk,part))!=NULL){
|
||||||
|
if(part->num==-1){
|
||||||
|
if (part->type!=PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE)
|
||||||
|
continue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
geom=&(part->geom);
|
||||||
|
fs_type=ped_file_system_probe(geom);
|
||||||
|
if (fs_type!=NULL && fs_type->name!=NULL)
|
||||||
|
strcpy(fs_name,fs_type->name);
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
strcpy(fs_name,"");
|
||||||
|
tam=geom->length*dev->sector_size; //bytes
|
||||||
|
tam=tam/(1024*1024); //Mbytes
|
||||||
|
/* Tam-cilindro=head*sectors*sizeofsector*/
|
||||||
|
start=geom->start/(dev->heads*dev->sectors)+1;
|
||||||
|
end=geom->end/(dev->heads*dev->sectors)+1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb," %s%-2d: %-8s Cil:(%Ld-%Ld) %LdMB %-8s",
|
||||||
|
dev->path, part->num,
|
||||||
|
ped_partition_type_get_name(part->type),
|
||||||
|
start,end,tam,fs_name);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
item=(itemlist*)NP_malloc(sizeof(itemlist));
|
||||||
|
strcpy(item->dev,dev->path);
|
||||||
|
item->dev[8]='\0';
|
||||||
|
item->part=part->num;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtListboxAppendEntry(list,ptrb,item);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close(disk);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (i==0){
|
||||||
|
/*Ningún disco duro encontrado, Mejor lanzamos una
|
||||||
|
excepción diciendo que se no se encontró ningún
|
||||||
|
disco y que posiblemente sea porque no es superusuario
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_FATAL,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("No device detected, Are you root? "));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// done_parted(); /* Pero esto que coño hace aquí,
|
||||||
|
// deben ser restos de primeras pruebas */
|
||||||
|
//exit(0);
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Esta función debe volver cuando hay que salir del programa */
|
||||||
|
void do_main_window()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
newtComponent formMain,list_disks,add,del,edit,copy,quit,ans;
|
||||||
|
struct newtExitStruct toexit;
|
||||||
|
itemlist *item;
|
||||||
|
int key;
|
||||||
|
mainwin_size.width=screen_size.width-5;
|
||||||
|
mainwin_size.height=screen_size.height-5;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtCenteredWindow(mainwin_size.width, mainwin_size.height,
|
||||||
|
_("Select the disk or partition"));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
formMain=newtForm(NULL,NULL,0);
|
||||||
|
list_disks=newtListbox(1,2,13,NEWT_FLAG_SCROLL);
|
||||||
|
newtListboxSetWidth(list_disks,62);
|
||||||
|
if (!do_list_disks(list_disks)) return;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
add=newtButton (mainwin_size.width-10,2,_(" Add "));
|
||||||
|
del=newtButton(mainwin_size.width-10,7,_(" Del "));
|
||||||
|
edit=newtButton(mainwin_size.width-10,12,_(" Edit"));
|
||||||
|
copy=newtButton(5,16,_(" Copy"));
|
||||||
|
quit=newtButton(mainwin_size.width-30,16,_(" Quit"));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddComponents(formMain,add,del,edit,copy,quit,list_disks,
|
||||||
|
NULL);
|
||||||
|
ans=NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
do{
|
||||||
|
newtFormRun(formMain,&toexit);
|
||||||
|
key=-1;
|
||||||
|
if (toexit.reason==NEWT_EXIT_COMPONENT)
|
||||||
|
ans=toexit.u.co;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
key=toexit.u.key;
|
||||||
|
if(ans==edit){
|
||||||
|
item=(itemlist*)newtListboxGetCurrent(list_disks);
|
||||||
|
if((!item)&& (item->dev[0]!='/')){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_FATAL,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("Intern error have ocurred"));
|
||||||
|
done_parted();
|
||||||
|
exit(-1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (item->part==-1){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("A Hard disk, can't edit, select a partition or add a new partition"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
edit_partition(ped_device_get(item->dev),
|
||||||
|
item->part);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}else
|
||||||
|
if (ans==add){
|
||||||
|
item=(itemlist*) newtListboxGetCurrent(list_disks);
|
||||||
|
add_partition(ped_device_get(item->dev));
|
||||||
|
}else
|
||||||
|
if (ans==del){
|
||||||
|
item=(itemlist*) newtListboxGetCurrent(list_disks);
|
||||||
|
if(item->part==-1){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("Can't del a hard disk, if you want del, remove it from equipment ;-)"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
del_partition(ped_device_get(item->dev),
|
||||||
|
item->part);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}else
|
||||||
|
if (ans==copy){
|
||||||
|
item=(itemlist*) newtListboxGetCurrent(list_disks);
|
||||||
|
if (item->part==-1){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,
|
||||||
|
_("Please, select the partition to copy,I can't copy the whole disk"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
copy_partition(ped_device_get(item->dev),
|
||||||
|
item->part);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Después de cada operación volvemos a leer la lista
|
||||||
|
* de particiones, así que tenemos que actualizar list_disks
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
if(ans!=quit){
|
||||||
|
/*FIXME:Borramos todas las entradas, quizas no libere el
|
||||||
|
* data de la lista, pero es poca memoria, quizas hay
|
||||||
|
* que eliminar entrada por entrada*/
|
||||||
|
newtListboxClear(list_disks)
|
||||||
|
/* Volvemos a leer la lista*/;
|
||||||
|
do_list_disks( list_disks );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}while(key!=NEWT_KEY_F1&&ans!=quit);
|
||||||
|
newtFormDestroy(formMain);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
void init_parted (void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_set_handler(exception_handler);
|
||||||
|
ped_init();
|
||||||
|
ped_device_probe_all();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtInit();
|
||||||
|
newtCls();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtDrawRootText(0,0,_("Debian Instalation"));
|
||||||
|
#if defined(VERSION) && defined(PACKAGE)
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,_("%s v.%s"),PACKAGE,VERSION);
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
sprintf(ptrb,_("NParted "));
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
newtDrawRootText(-25,-1,ptrb);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtGetScreenSize(&screen_size.width, &screen_size.height);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
void done_parted(void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
newtFinished();
|
||||||
|
ped_done();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#ifndef BOOTFLOPPIES
|
||||||
|
int main (void)
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
int init_nparted(void)
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
init_parted();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
do_main_window();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
done_parted();
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
190
missing
Executable file
190
missing
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
|
||||||
|
#! /bin/sh
|
||||||
|
# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
|
||||||
|
# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
# Franc,ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||||
|
# any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
||||||
|
# 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test $# -eq 0; then
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
|
||||||
|
exit 1
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
case "$1" in
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
|
||||||
|
echo "\
|
||||||
|
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
|
||||||
|
error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Options:
|
||||||
|
-h, --help display this help and exit
|
||||||
|
-v, --version output version information and exit
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Supported PROGRAM values:
|
||||||
|
aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
|
||||||
|
autoconf touch file \`configure'
|
||||||
|
autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
|
||||||
|
automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
|
||||||
|
bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
|
||||||
|
flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
|
||||||
|
lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
|
||||||
|
makeinfo touch the output file
|
||||||
|
yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
|
||||||
|
echo "missing - GNU libit 0.0"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-*)
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
|
||||||
|
exit 1
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
aclocal)
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "\
|
||||||
|
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
|
||||||
|
you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'. You might want
|
||||||
|
to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
|
||||||
|
any GNU archive site."
|
||||||
|
touch aclocal.m4
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
autoconf)
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "\
|
||||||
|
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
|
||||||
|
you modified \`configure.in'. You might want to install the
|
||||||
|
\`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
|
||||||
|
archive site."
|
||||||
|
touch configure
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
autoheader)
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "\
|
||||||
|
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
|
||||||
|
you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`configure.in'. You might want
|
||||||
|
to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
|
||||||
|
from any GNU archive site."
|
||||||
|
files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' configure.in`
|
||||||
|
test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
|
||||||
|
touch_files=
|
||||||
|
for f in $files; do
|
||||||
|
case "$f" in
|
||||||
|
*:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
|
||||||
|
sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
|
||||||
|
*) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
touch $touch_files
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
automake)
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "\
|
||||||
|
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
|
||||||
|
you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'.
|
||||||
|
You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
|
||||||
|
Grab them from any GNU archive site."
|
||||||
|
find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
|
||||||
|
sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
|
||||||
|
while read f; do touch "$f"; done
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bison|yacc)
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "\
|
||||||
|
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
|
||||||
|
you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
|
||||||
|
in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
|
||||||
|
\`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
|
||||||
|
rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
|
||||||
|
if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
|
||||||
|
eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
|
||||||
|
case "$LASTARG" in
|
||||||
|
*.y)
|
||||||
|
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
|
||||||
|
if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
|
||||||
|
cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
|
||||||
|
if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
|
||||||
|
cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
|
||||||
|
echo >y.tab.h
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
|
||||||
|
echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
lex|flex)
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "\
|
||||||
|
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
|
||||||
|
you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
|
||||||
|
in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
|
||||||
|
\`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
|
||||||
|
rm -f lex.yy.c
|
||||||
|
if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
|
||||||
|
eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
|
||||||
|
case "$LASTARG" in
|
||||||
|
*.l)
|
||||||
|
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
|
||||||
|
if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
|
||||||
|
cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
|
||||||
|
echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
makeinfo)
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "\
|
||||||
|
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
|
||||||
|
you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
|
||||||
|
indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
|
||||||
|
call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
|
||||||
|
DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
|
||||||
|
the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
|
||||||
|
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
|
||||||
|
if test -z "$file"; then
|
||||||
|
file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
|
||||||
|
file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
touch $file
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
*)
|
||||||
|
echo 1>&2 "\
|
||||||
|
WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
|
||||||
|
system. You might have modified some files without having the
|
||||||
|
proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
|
||||||
|
it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
|
||||||
|
this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
|
||||||
|
some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
|
||||||
|
exit 1
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
exit 0
|
||||||
40
mkinstalldirs
Executable file
40
mkinstalldirs
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||||
|
#! /bin/sh
|
||||||
|
# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
|
||||||
|
# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
|
||||||
|
# Created: 1993-05-16
|
||||||
|
# Public domain
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.1 2000/10/15 21:55:07 emeteo Exp $
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
errstatus=0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for file
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
|
||||||
|
shift
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pathcomp=
|
||||||
|
for d
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
|
||||||
|
case "$pathcomp" in
|
||||||
|
-* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
|
||||||
|
echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
|
||||||
|
errstatus=$lasterr
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
exit $errstatus
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# mkinstalldirs ends here
|
||||||
597
nparted.c
Normal file
597
nparted.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,597 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
parted - a frontend to libparted
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Andrew Clausen, Lennert Buytenhek and Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Andrew Clausen <clausen@gnu.org>
|
||||||
|
Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@gnu.org>
|
||||||
|
Matt Wilson, Red Hat Inc. <msw@redhat.com>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Modificated for Mario Teijeiro Otero <asimovi@teleline.es> for nparted
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <nparted.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_check (PedDevice** dev, int npart)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* disk;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem* fs;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* part;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!disk)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part = ped_disk_get_partition (disk, npart);
|
||||||
|
if (!part) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition doesn't exist."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
fs = ped_file_system_open (&part->geom);
|
||||||
|
if (!fs)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_check (fs);
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_cp (PedDevice** dev,int npart_src, char* dev_dest,int npart_dest)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* src_disk = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* dst_disk = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedDevice* dst_device;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* src = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* dst = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem* src_fs = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
src_disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!src_disk)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* figure out source partition */
|
||||||
|
src = ped_disk_get_partition (src_disk, npart_src);
|
||||||
|
if (!src) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Source partition doesn't exist."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (src->type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Can't copy extended partitions."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* figure out target partition */
|
||||||
|
dst_device = ped_device_get (dev_dest);
|
||||||
|
if (!dst_device)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
dst_disk = ped_disk_open (dst_device);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dst = ped_disk_get_partition (dst_disk, npart_dest);
|
||||||
|
if (!dst) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Destination partition doesn't exist."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (ped_partition_is_busy (dst)) {
|
||||||
|
if (ped_exception_throw (
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Destination partition is being used."))
|
||||||
|
!= PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
dst->type = src->type;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* do the copy */
|
||||||
|
src_fs = ped_file_system_open (&src->geom);
|
||||||
|
if (!src_fs)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_file_system_copy (src_fs, &dst->geom))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_fs;
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (src_fs);
|
||||||
|
if (dst_disk && src_disk != dst_disk)
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (dst_disk);
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (src_disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_close_fs:
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (src_fs);
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
if (dst_disk && src_disk != dst_disk)
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (dst_disk);
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (src_disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_mklabel (PedDevice** dev,char *label)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* disk;
|
||||||
|
PedDiskType* type;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_fetch_all ();
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!disk) ped_exception_catch ();
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_leave_all ();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (disk) {
|
||||||
|
if (ped_disk_is_busy (disk)) {
|
||||||
|
if (ped_exception_throw (
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition(s) on %s are being used."),
|
||||||
|
disk->dev->path)
|
||||||
|
!= PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE) {
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
type = ped_disk_type_get (label);
|
||||||
|
if (!type)
|
||||||
|
goto error_syntax;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_create (*dev, type);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_syntax:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_mkfs (PedDevice** dev,int npart, char *fs_type)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* disk;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* part;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystemType* type;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem* fs;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!disk)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part = ped_disk_get_partition (disk, npart);
|
||||||
|
if (!part) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition doesn't exist."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (ped_partition_is_busy (part)) {
|
||||||
|
if (ped_exception_throw (
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition is being used."))
|
||||||
|
!= PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!fs_type)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
type = ped_file_system_type_get (fs_type);
|
||||||
|
if (!type) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Unknown filesystem type."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fs = ped_file_system_create (&part->geom, type);
|
||||||
|
if (!fs)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_partition_set_system (part, type))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_disk_write (disk))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_mkpart (PedDevice** dev,char ptype,char *ftype,PedSector start,PedSector end)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* disk;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* part;
|
||||||
|
PedPartitionType part_type;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystemType* fs_type;
|
||||||
|
PedConstraint* constraint;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!disk)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
constraint = ped_constraint_any (disk);
|
||||||
|
if (!constraint)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
switch (ptype) {
|
||||||
|
case 'p': part_type = PED_PARTITION_PRIMARY; break;
|
||||||
|
case 'e': part_type = PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED; break;
|
||||||
|
case 'l': part_type = PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL; break;
|
||||||
|
default: goto error_destroy_constraint;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (part_type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) {
|
||||||
|
fs_type = NULL;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
if (!ftype) {
|
||||||
|
goto error_destroy_constraint;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get (ftype);
|
||||||
|
if (!fs_type) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Unknown file system type."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_destroy_constraint;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part = ped_partition_new (disk, part_type, fs_type, start, end);
|
||||||
|
if (!part)
|
||||||
|
goto error_destroy_constraint;
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_disk_add_partition (disk, part, constraint))
|
||||||
|
goto error_destroy_part;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* FIXME: ped_partition_new() doesn't probe the file system for
|
||||||
|
* what type of partition should be created. So we do it here.
|
||||||
|
* Question: SHOULD we probe the file system on
|
||||||
|
* ped_partition_new()? It only makes sense if someone accidently
|
||||||
|
* delete their partition...
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
ped_partition_set_system (part, fs_type);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_write (disk);
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_destroy_part:
|
||||||
|
ped_partition_destroy (part);
|
||||||
|
error_destroy_constraint:
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* FIXME - this is a mess */
|
||||||
|
int do_mkpartfs (PedDevice** dev,char ptype,char *ftype,PedSector start, PedSector end)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* disk;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* part;
|
||||||
|
PedPartitionType part_type;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystemType* fs_type;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem* fs;
|
||||||
|
PedConstraint* constraint;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!disk)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
constraint = ped_constraint_any (disk);
|
||||||
|
if (!constraint)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
switch (ptype) {
|
||||||
|
case 'p': part_type = PED_PARTITION_PRIMARY; break;
|
||||||
|
case 'l': part_type = PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL; break;
|
||||||
|
case 'e':
|
||||||
|
default: goto error_destroy_constraint;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (part_type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) {
|
||||||
|
fs_type = NULL;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
if (!ftype) {
|
||||||
|
goto error_destroy_constraint;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get (ftype);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!fs_type) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Unknown file system type."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_destroy_constraint;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
part = ped_partition_new (disk, part_type, fs_type, start, end);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!part)
|
||||||
|
goto error_destroy_constraint;
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_disk_add_partition (disk, part, constraint))
|
||||||
|
goto error_destroy_part;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fs = ped_file_system_create (&part->geom, fs_type);
|
||||||
|
if (!fs)
|
||||||
|
goto error_remove_part;
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* set the system AGAIN, because if it's FAT16 or FAT32 (or whatever) will
|
||||||
|
* be known now.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
ped_partition_set_system (part, fs_type);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_write (disk);
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_remove_part:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_delete_partition (disk, part);
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
error_destroy_part:
|
||||||
|
ped_partition_destroy (part);
|
||||||
|
error_destroy_constraint:
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_move (PedDevice** dev,int part_src,PedSector start, PedSector end)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* disk = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* part = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedGeometry old_geom;
|
||||||
|
PedConstraint* constraint;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem* fs = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!disk)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part = ped_disk_get_partition (disk, part_src);
|
||||||
|
if (!part) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition doesn't exist."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (part->type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Can't move extended partitions."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (ped_partition_is_busy (part)) {
|
||||||
|
if (ped_exception_throw (
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition is being used."))
|
||||||
|
!= PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* NOTE: this gets aligned by ped_disk_set_partition_geom() */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
old_geom = part->geom;
|
||||||
|
constraint = ped_constraint_any (disk);
|
||||||
|
if (!constraint)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_disk_set_partition_geom (disk, part, constraint, start, end)) {
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (ped_geometry_test_overlap (&old_geom, &part->geom)) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Can't move a partition onto itself. Try using "
|
||||||
|
"resize, perhaps?"));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* do the move */
|
||||||
|
fs = ped_file_system_open (&old_geom);
|
||||||
|
if (!fs)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_file_system_copy (fs, &part->geom))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_fs;
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_disk_write (disk))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_close_fs:
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_name (PedDevice** dev, int npart,char *name)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* disk;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* part;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!disk)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part = ped_disk_get_partition (disk, npart);
|
||||||
|
if (!part) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition doesn't exist."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!name) {
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_partition_set_name (part, name))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_disk_write (disk))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_resize (PedDevice** dev,int npart, PedSector start, PedSector end)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* disk;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* part;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem* fs;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystemType* fs_type;
|
||||||
|
PedConstraint* constraint;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!disk)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part = ped_disk_get_partition (disk, npart);
|
||||||
|
if (!part) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition doesn't exist."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (ped_partition_is_busy (part)) {
|
||||||
|
if (ped_exception_throw (
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition is being used."))
|
||||||
|
!= PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (part->type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) {
|
||||||
|
constraint = ped_constraint_any (disk);
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_disk_set_partition_geom (disk, part, constraint,
|
||||||
|
start, end))
|
||||||
|
goto error_destroy_constraint;
|
||||||
|
ped_partition_set_system (part, NULL);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
fs = ped_file_system_open (&part->geom);
|
||||||
|
if (!fs)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
fs_type = fs->type;
|
||||||
|
constraint = ped_file_system_get_resize_constraint (fs);
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_disk_set_partition_geom (disk, part, constraint,
|
||||||
|
start, end))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_fs;
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_file_system_resize (fs, &part->geom))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_fs;
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
ped_partition_set_system (part, fs_type);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_write (disk);
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_close_fs:
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
error_destroy_constraint:
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_rm (PedDevice** dev, int npart)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* disk;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* part;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!disk)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part = ped_disk_get_partition (disk, npart);
|
||||||
|
if (!part) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition doesn't exist."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (ped_partition_is_busy (part)) {
|
||||||
|
if (ped_exception_throw (
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition is being used."))
|
||||||
|
!= PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE)
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_delete_partition (disk, part);
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_write (disk);
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int do_set (PedDevice** dev, int npart, char *flag_name,int state)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedDisk* disk;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition* part;
|
||||||
|
PedPartitionFlag flag;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_open (*dev);
|
||||||
|
if (!disk)
|
||||||
|
goto error;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
part = ped_disk_get_partition (disk, npart);
|
||||||
|
if (!part) {
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL,
|
||||||
|
_("Partition doesn't exist."));
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!flag_name)
|
||||||
|
goto error_help;
|
||||||
|
flag = ped_partition_flag_get_by_name (flag_name);
|
||||||
|
if (!flag)
|
||||||
|
goto error_help;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_partition_set_flag (part, flag, state))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
if (!ped_disk_write (disk))
|
||||||
|
goto error_close_disk;
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
error_help:
|
||||||
|
error_close_disk:
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_close (disk);
|
||||||
|
error:
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
99
nparted.h
Normal file
99
nparted.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
nparted - a frontend to libparted for manipulating disk partitions
|
||||||
|
thougth to dbootstrap
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Mario Teijeiro Otero Esteve Fernández
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate La Espiral
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mario Teijeiro Otero <asimovi@teleline.es>
|
||||||
|
Esteve Fernández < esteve@crosswinds.net >
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate <villate@fe.up.pt>
|
||||||
|
La Espiral http://www.laespiral.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _NPARTED_
|
||||||
|
#define _NPARTED_
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Para cuando tenga soporte gettex con configure*/
|
||||||
|
//#include "config.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||||
|
# define _(string) (gettext(string))
|
||||||
|
//# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
|
||||||
|
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
//# endif
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define _(string) (string)
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <parted/parted.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <newt.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "exception_manager.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct _size size;
|
||||||
|
struct _size{
|
||||||
|
int width;
|
||||||
|
int height;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
typedef struct _strech strech;
|
||||||
|
struct _strech {
|
||||||
|
PedSector start;
|
||||||
|
PedSector end;
|
||||||
|
struct _strech *next;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Global buffer */
|
||||||
|
extern char ptrb[256];
|
||||||
|
extern size screen_size;
|
||||||
|
extern size mainwin_size;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Some functions utils */
|
||||||
|
void *NP_malloc (int size);
|
||||||
|
PedSector is_sector_valid(char *d);
|
||||||
|
char *get_name_device_type ( PedDeviceType type);
|
||||||
|
#define BETWEEN(A,B,C) ( ((A)>=(B))&& ((A)<=(C)) )
|
||||||
|
#define SEC2CIL(DEV,A) ( (A) / ( DEV->heads*DEV->sectors)+1 )
|
||||||
|
#define CIL2SEC(DEV,A) ( (A-1)*DEV->heads*DEV->sectors)
|
||||||
|
#define MB2SEC(A) ((A)*1024*1024/512)
|
||||||
|
#define SEC2MB(A) ((A)*512/(1024*1024))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* functions with gui */
|
||||||
|
int edit_partition ( PedDevice *dev, int npart );
|
||||||
|
int copy_partition ( PedDevice *dev, int npart );
|
||||||
|
int del_partition( PedDevice *dev, int part);
|
||||||
|
int add_partition( PedDevice *dev);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char* select_file_system ( void );
|
||||||
|
char select_partition_type ( void );
|
||||||
|
/* Lib from programa parted */
|
||||||
|
int do_check (PedDevice** dev, int npart);
|
||||||
|
int do_cp (PedDevice** dev,int npart_src, char* dev_dest,
|
||||||
|
int npart_dest);
|
||||||
|
int do_mklabel (PedDevice** dev,char *label);
|
||||||
|
int do_mkfs (PedDevice** dev,int npart, char *fs_type);
|
||||||
|
int do_mkpart (PedDevice** dev,char ptype,char *ftype,
|
||||||
|
PedSector start,PedSector end);
|
||||||
|
int do_mkpartfs (PedDevice** dev,char ptype,char *ftype,
|
||||||
|
PedSector start, PedSector end);
|
||||||
|
int do_move (PedDevice** dev,int part_src,PedSector start, PedSector end);
|
||||||
|
int do_name (PedDevice** dev, int npart,char *name);
|
||||||
|
int do_resize (PedDevice** dev,int npart, PedSector start, PedSector end);
|
||||||
|
int do_rm (PedDevice** dev, int npart);
|
||||||
|
int do_set (PedDevice** dev, int npart, char *flag_name,int state);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
0
po/ChangeLog
Normal file
0
po/ChangeLog
Normal file
248
po/Makefile.in.in
Normal file
248
po/Makefile.in.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
|
||||||
|
# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
|
||||||
|
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
|
||||||
|
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
|
||||||
|
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
|
||||||
|
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||||
|
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||||
|
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||||
|
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||||
|
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||||
|
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||||
|
datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
|
||||||
|
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
|
||||||
|
gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
|
||||||
|
gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext/po
|
||||||
|
subdir = po
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||||
|
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||||
|
MKINSTALLDIRS = $(top_srcdir)/@MKINSTALLDIRS@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CC = @CC@
|
||||||
|
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
|
||||||
|
GMSGFMT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @GMSGFMT@
|
||||||
|
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
|
||||||
|
XGETTEXT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @XGETTEXT@
|
||||||
|
MSGMERGE = PATH=../src:$$PATH msgmerge
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DEFS = @DEFS@
|
||||||
|
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
|
||||||
|
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
SOURCES = cat-id-tbl.c
|
||||||
|
POFILES = @POFILES@
|
||||||
|
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
|
||||||
|
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
|
||||||
|
stamp-cat-id $(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) $(SOURCES)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
POTFILES = \
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
|
||||||
|
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
|
||||||
|
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||||
|
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg .cat
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.c.o:
|
||||||
|
$(COMPILE) $<
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.po.pox:
|
||||||
|
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
|
||||||
|
$(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.po.mo:
|
||||||
|
$(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.po.gmo:
|
||||||
|
file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
|
||||||
|
&& rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $<
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.po.cat:
|
||||||
|
sed -f ../intl/po2msg.sed < $< > $*.msg \
|
||||||
|
&& rm -f $@ && $(GENCAT) $@ $*.msg
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
all: all-@USE_NLS@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
all-yes: cat-id-tbl.c $(CATALOGS)
|
||||||
|
all-no:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES)
|
||||||
|
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
|
||||||
|
--add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
|
||||||
|
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
|
||||||
|
&& test ! -f $(PACKAGE).po \
|
||||||
|
|| ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
|
||||||
|
&& mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c: stamp-cat-id; @:
|
||||||
|
$(srcdir)/stamp-cat-id: $(PACKAGE).pot
|
||||||
|
rm -f cat-id-tbl.tmp
|
||||||
|
sed -f ../intl/po2tbl.sed $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
|
||||||
|
| sed -e "s/@PACKAGE NAME@/$(PACKAGE)/" > cat-id-tbl.tmp
|
||||||
|
if cmp -s cat-id-tbl.tmp $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; then \
|
||||||
|
rm cat-id-tbl.tmp; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
echo cat-id-tbl.c changed; \
|
||||||
|
rm -f $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; \
|
||||||
|
mv cat-id-tbl.tmp $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; \
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
cd $(srcdir) && rm -f stamp-cat-id && echo timestamp > stamp-cat-id
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
install: install-exec install-data
|
||||||
|
install-exec:
|
||||||
|
install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
|
||||||
|
install-data-no: all
|
||||||
|
install-data-yes: all
|
||||||
|
if test -r "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \
|
||||||
|
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(datadir); \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(datadir); \
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
|
||||||
|
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
|
||||||
|
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
|
||||||
|
case "$$cat" in \
|
||||||
|
*.gmo) destdir=$(gnulocaledir);; \
|
||||||
|
*) destdir=$(localedir);; \
|
||||||
|
esac; \
|
||||||
|
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
|
||||||
|
dir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
|
||||||
|
if test -r "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \
|
||||||
|
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $$dir; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $$dir; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
if test -r $$cat; then \
|
||||||
|
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
|
||||||
|
echo "installing $$cat as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
|
||||||
|
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
|
||||||
|
"$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
if test -r $$cat.m; then \
|
||||||
|
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat.m $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
|
||||||
|
echo "installing $$cat.m as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
if test -r $(srcdir)/$$cat.m ; then \
|
||||||
|
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat.m \
|
||||||
|
$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
|
||||||
|
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
|
||||||
|
"$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
true; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
|
||||||
|
if test -r "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \
|
||||||
|
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
|
||||||
|
$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
: ; \
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
|
||||||
|
installcheck:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uninstall:
|
||||||
|
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
|
||||||
|
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
|
||||||
|
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
|
||||||
|
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
|
||||||
|
rm -f $(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
|
||||||
|
rm -f $(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
|
||||||
|
rm -f $(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
|
||||||
|
rm -f $(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
check: all
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
cat-id-tbl.o: ../intl/libgettext.h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dvi info tags TAGS ID:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mostlyclean:
|
||||||
|
rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.old.po cat-id-tbl.tmp
|
||||||
|
rm -fr *.o
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
distclean: clean
|
||||||
|
rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo *.msg *.cat *.cat.m
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||||
|
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||||
|
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||||
|
rm -f $(GMOFILES)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||||
|
dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
|
||||||
|
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
|
||||||
|
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||||
|
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||||
|
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
update-po: Makefile
|
||||||
|
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
|
||||||
|
PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \
|
||||||
|
cd $(srcdir); \
|
||||||
|
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
|
||||||
|
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
|
||||||
|
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
|
||||||
|
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
|
||||||
|
mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \
|
||||||
|
echo "$$lang:"; \
|
||||||
|
if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \
|
||||||
|
rm -f $$lang.old.po; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
|
||||||
|
rm -f $$lang.po; \
|
||||||
|
mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
POTFILES: POTFILES.in
|
||||||
|
( if test 'x$(srcdir)' != 'x.'; then \
|
||||||
|
posrcprefix='$(top_srcdir)/'; \
|
||||||
|
else \
|
||||||
|
posrcprefix="../"; \
|
||||||
|
fi; \
|
||||||
|
rm -f $@-t $@ \
|
||||||
|
&& (sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ ]*$$/d' \
|
||||||
|
-e "s@.*@ $$posrcprefix& \\\\@" < $(srcdir)/$@.in \
|
||||||
|
| sed -e '$$s/\\$$//') > $@-t \
|
||||||
|
&& chmod a-w $@-t \
|
||||||
|
&& mv $@-t $@ )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
|
||||||
|
cd .. \
|
||||||
|
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
|
||||||
|
$(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||||
|
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||||
|
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||||
9
po/POTFILES.in
Normal file
9
po/POTFILES.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
add_partition.c
|
||||||
|
copy_partition.c
|
||||||
|
del_partition.c
|
||||||
|
edit_partition.c
|
||||||
|
exception_manager.c
|
||||||
|
main.c
|
||||||
|
nparted.c
|
||||||
|
utils.c
|
||||||
95
po/cat-id-tbl.c
Normal file
95
po/cat-id-tbl.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from nparted.pot. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||||
|
# include <config.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "libgettext.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
|
||||||
|
{"", 1},
|
||||||
|
{"Can't have two parts extended in one disk", 2},
|
||||||
|
{"Adding a part to %s", 3},
|
||||||
|
{"Growable", 4},
|
||||||
|
{"Do fyle sistem", 5},
|
||||||
|
{"Select partition type", 6},
|
||||||
|
{"Select file system", 7},
|
||||||
|
{"Create", 8},
|
||||||
|
{"Cancel", 9},
|
||||||
|
{"free strechs", 10},
|
||||||
|
{"Start", 11},
|
||||||
|
{" Cil.", 12},
|
||||||
|
{"End", 13},
|
||||||
|
{"Size", 14},
|
||||||
|
{" Mb", 15},
|
||||||
|
{"Primary", 16},
|
||||||
|
{"Extend", 17},
|
||||||
|
{"Logic", 18},
|
||||||
|
{"a number is needed", 19},
|
||||||
|
{"Out limits", 20},
|
||||||
|
{"I can't do filesystem on a extended partition", 21},
|
||||||
|
{"Are you sure create in %s a %c partition of type %s from %Ld to %Ld?", 22},
|
||||||
|
{"Are you sure that you del %s%-2d partition?", 23},
|
||||||
|
{"Tamano", 24},
|
||||||
|
{"Now", 25},
|
||||||
|
{"Max.", 26},
|
||||||
|
{"New geom", 27},
|
||||||
|
{"Grow too much posibble", 28},
|
||||||
|
{"Without Filesystem", 29},
|
||||||
|
{"Select", 30},
|
||||||
|
{"OK", 31},
|
||||||
|
{"CANCEL", 32},
|
||||||
|
{"Device not valid", 33},
|
||||||
|
{"Partition not valid", 34},
|
||||||
|
{"I can't get de max partition's geometry", 35},
|
||||||
|
{"Change the file system will destroy any data", 36},
|
||||||
|
{"Are you soure?", 37},
|
||||||
|
{"Editing %s%d", 38},
|
||||||
|
{"You don't have seen this,report me", 39},
|
||||||
|
{"Information message", 40},
|
||||||
|
{"!!!----WARNING----!!!", 41},
|
||||||
|
{"!!!----ERROR----!!!", 42},
|
||||||
|
{"!!!----FATAL ERROR ----!!!", 43},
|
||||||
|
{"You has found a bug, please report me", 44},
|
||||||
|
{"Feature yet implemented", 45},
|
||||||
|
{"FIX", 46},
|
||||||
|
{"YES", 47},
|
||||||
|
{"NO", 48},
|
||||||
|
{"RETRY", 49},
|
||||||
|
{"IGNORE", 50},
|
||||||
|
{"Warning", 51},
|
||||||
|
{"Device detected, but I can't open it", 52},
|
||||||
|
{"No device detected, Are you root? ", 53},
|
||||||
|
{"Select the disk or partition", 54},
|
||||||
|
{" Add ", 55},
|
||||||
|
{" Del ", 56},
|
||||||
|
{" Edit", 57},
|
||||||
|
{" Copy", 58},
|
||||||
|
{" Quit", 59},
|
||||||
|
{"Intern error have ocurred", 60},
|
||||||
|
{"A Hard disk, can't edit, select a partition or add a new partition", 61},
|
||||||
|
{"Can't del a hard disk, if you want del, remove it from equipment ;-)", 62},
|
||||||
|
{"Please, select the partition to copy,I can't copy the whole disk", 63},
|
||||||
|
{"Debian Instalation", 64},
|
||||||
|
{"%s v.%s", 65},
|
||||||
|
{"NParted ", 66},
|
||||||
|
{"Partition doesn't exist.", 67},
|
||||||
|
{"Source partition doesn't exist.", 68},
|
||||||
|
{"Can't copy extended partitions.", 69},
|
||||||
|
{"Destination partition doesn't exist.", 70},
|
||||||
|
{"Destination partition is being used.", 71},
|
||||||
|
{"Partition(s) on %s are being used.", 72},
|
||||||
|
{"Partition is being used.", 73},
|
||||||
|
{"Unknown filesystem type.", 74},
|
||||||
|
{"Unknown file system type.", 75},
|
||||||
|
{"Can't move extended partitions.", 76},
|
||||||
|
{"Can't move a partition onto itself. Try using resize, perhaps?", 77},
|
||||||
|
{"I can't malloc, abort", 78},
|
||||||
|
{"Please, select file system", 79},
|
||||||
|
{"primary", 80},
|
||||||
|
{"logical", 81},
|
||||||
|
{"extended", 82},
|
||||||
|
{"Please, select partition_type", 83},
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int _msg_tbl_length = 83;
|
||||||
BIN
po/es.gmo
Normal file
BIN
po/es.gmo
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
365
po/es.po
Normal file
365
po/es.po
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
|
||||||
|
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||||
|
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
#, fuzzy
|
||||||
|
msgid ""
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
|
||||||
|
"POT-Creation-Date: 2000-11-14 13:04+0100\n"
|
||||||
|
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||||
|
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||||
|
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||||
|
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||||
|
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
|
||||||
|
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:74
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't have two parts extended in one disk"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puede haber dos particiones extendidas en un disco"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:206
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Adding a part to %s"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Añadiendo una particion a %s"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:213
|
||||||
|
msgid "Growable"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Crecible"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:214
|
||||||
|
msgid "Do fyle sistem"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Hacer sistema de ficheros"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:215
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select partition type"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Seleccionar tipo partición"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:224
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select file system"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Seleccionar sistema de ficheros"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:226
|
||||||
|
msgid "Create"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Crear"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:227
|
||||||
|
msgid "Cancel"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Cancelar"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:229
|
||||||
|
msgid "free strechs"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Huecos libres"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:231 edit_partition.c:46
|
||||||
|
msgid "Start"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Comienzo"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:232 add_partition.c:234 add_partition.c:235
|
||||||
|
msgid " Cil."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:233 edit_partition.c:47
|
||||||
|
msgid "End"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Fin"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:236
|
||||||
|
msgid "Size"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Tamaño"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:237
|
||||||
|
msgid " Mb"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:249
|
||||||
|
msgid "Primary"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Primaria"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:251
|
||||||
|
msgid "Extend"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Extendida"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:253
|
||||||
|
msgid "Logic"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Lógica"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:271 add_partition.c:351 add_partition.c:380
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:235 edit_partition.c:256
|
||||||
|
msgid "a number is needed"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Se neceista un número"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:293 add_partition.c:363 add_partition.c:389
|
||||||
|
msgid "Out limits"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Fuera de límites"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:304
|
||||||
|
msgid "I can't do filesystem on a extended partition"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puedo hacer un sistema de ficheros en una partición extendida"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#. Pedimos confirmacion
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:310
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Are you sure create in %s a %c partition of type %s from %Ld to %Ld?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"¿Estás seguro que quieres crear en %s una particion %c del tipo %s desde %Ld "
|
||||||
|
"a %Ld?"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: del_partition.c:30
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Are you sure that you del %s%-2d partition?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "¿Estás seguro de querer borrar la partición %s%-2d?"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:48
|
||||||
|
msgid "Tamano"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Tamaño"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:50
|
||||||
|
msgid "Now"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Ahora"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "Max."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:62
|
||||||
|
msgid "New geom"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Nueva geometría"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:72
|
||||||
|
msgid "Grow too much posibble"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Crecer lo máximo posible"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:73
|
||||||
|
msgid "Without Filesystem"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Sis sistema de ficheros"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:74
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Seleccionar"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:76 exception_manager.c:46 exception_manager.c:50
|
||||||
|
msgid "OK"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "ACEPTAR"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:77 exception_manager.c:49 exception_manager.c:50
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:52 exception_manager.c:53 exception_manager.c:54
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "CANCEL"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "CANCELAR"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:115
|
||||||
|
msgid "Device not valid"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Dispositivo no válido"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:128
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition not valid"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Partición no valida"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:136
|
||||||
|
msgid "I can't get de max partition's geometry"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puede conseguir la geometría máxima de la partición"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:217
|
||||||
|
msgid "Change the file system will destroy any data"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "El cambio del sistema de ficheros destruirá cualquier dato"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:275
|
||||||
|
msgid "Are you soure?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "¿Estás seguro?"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:355
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Editing %s%d"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Editando %s%d"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:34
|
||||||
|
msgid "You don't have seen this,report me"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No tendrías que estar viendo esto, infórmanos"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:35
|
||||||
|
msgid "Information message"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Mensaje de información"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:36
|
||||||
|
msgid "!!!----WARNING----!!!"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "¡¡¡----PELIGRO----!!!"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:37
|
||||||
|
msgid "!!!----ERROR----!!!"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "¡¡¡----ERROR----!!!"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:38
|
||||||
|
msgid "!!!----FATAL ERROR ----!!!"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "¡¡¡----ERROR FATAL ----!!!"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:39
|
||||||
|
msgid "You has found a bug, please report me"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Has encontrado un fallo, por favor informanos"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:40
|
||||||
|
msgid "Feature yet implemented"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Característica todavía no implementada"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:43
|
||||||
|
msgid "FIX"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "FIJAR"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:44 exception_manager.c:51 exception_manager.c:52
|
||||||
|
msgid "YES"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "SÍ"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:45 exception_manager.c:51 exception_manager.c:52
|
||||||
|
msgid "NO"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:47 exception_manager.c:54 exception_manager.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "RETRY"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "REINTENTAR"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:48 exception_manager.c:53 exception_manager.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "IGNORE"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "IGNORAR"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:70
|
||||||
|
msgid "Warning"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Peligro"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:87
|
||||||
|
msgid "Device detected, but I can't open it"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Dispositivo detectado, pero no puedo abrirlo"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:137
|
||||||
|
msgid "No device detected, Are you root? "
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Ningún dispositivo detectado, ¿eres root?"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:158
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select the disk or partition"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Selecciona el disco o partición"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:165
|
||||||
|
msgid " Add "
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Añadir"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:166
|
||||||
|
msgid " Del "
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Borrar"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:167
|
||||||
|
msgid " Edit"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Editar"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:168
|
||||||
|
msgid " Copy"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Copiar"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:169
|
||||||
|
msgid " Quit"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Salir"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:187
|
||||||
|
msgid "Intern error have ocurred"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Un error interno ha ocurrido"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:194
|
||||||
|
msgid "A Hard disk, can't edit, select a partition or add a new partition"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"Un disco duro no se puede editar, selecciona una partición o añade una nueva "
|
||||||
|
"partición"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:212
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't del a hard disk, if you want del, remove it from equipment ;-)"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"No puedo borrar un disco duro, si tu lo quieres borrar, quítalo del equipo "
|
||||||
|
";-)"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:224
|
||||||
|
msgid "Please, select the partition to copy,I can't copy the whole disk"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"Por favor, selecciona la partición a copiar, No puedo copiar un disco entero"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:255
|
||||||
|
msgid "Debian Instalation"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Instalación Debian"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:257
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "%s v.%s"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:259
|
||||||
|
msgid "NParted "
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:40 nparted.c:178 nparted.c:373 nparted.c:442 nparted.c:478
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:539 nparted.c:575
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition doesn't exist."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "La partición no existe"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:74
|
||||||
|
msgid "Source partition doesn't exist."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Partición origen no existe"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:79
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't copy extended partitions."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puedo copiar particiones extendidas"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:92
|
||||||
|
msgid "Destination partition doesn't exist."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Partición destino no existe"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:99
|
||||||
|
msgid "Destination partition is being used."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Partición destino está siendo usada."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:143
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition(s) on %s are being used."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Particiones en %s estás siendo usadas."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:185 nparted.c:386 nparted.c:485 nparted.c:546
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition is being used."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Partición está siendo usada."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:195
|
||||||
|
msgid "Unknown filesystem type."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Desconocido tipo sistema de ficheros"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:249 nparted.c:319
|
||||||
|
msgid "Unknown file system type."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Desconocido tipo de sistema de ficheros."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:378
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't move extended partitions."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puedo mover particiones extendidas"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:404
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't move a partition onto itself. Try using resize, perhaps?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"No puedo mover una partición dentro de otra. Intenta cambiar el tamaño."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:62
|
||||||
|
msgid "I can't malloc, abort"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puedo reservar memoria, aborto"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:87
|
||||||
|
msgid "Please, select file system"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Por favor, selecciona un sistema de ficheros"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:115
|
||||||
|
msgid "primary"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "primaria"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:116
|
||||||
|
msgid "logical"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "logica"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:117
|
||||||
|
msgid "extended"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "extendida"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:119
|
||||||
|
msgid "Please, select partition_type"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Por favor, selecciona el tipo de partición"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#~ msgid "UNKNOWN"
|
||||||
|
#~ msgstr "DESCONOCIDO"
|
||||||
BIN
po/es_ES.gmo
Normal file
BIN
po/es_ES.gmo
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
365
po/es_ES.po
Normal file
365
po/es_ES.po
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
|
||||||
|
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||||
|
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
#, fuzzy
|
||||||
|
msgid ""
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
|
||||||
|
"POT-Creation-Date: 2000-11-14 13:04+0100\n"
|
||||||
|
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||||
|
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||||
|
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||||
|
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||||
|
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
|
||||||
|
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:74
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't have two parts extended in one disk"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puede haber dos particiones extendidas en un disco"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:206
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Adding a part to %s"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Añadiendo una particion a %s"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:213
|
||||||
|
msgid "Growable"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Crecible"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:214
|
||||||
|
msgid "Do fyle sistem"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Hacer sistema de ficheros"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:215
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select partition type"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Seleccionar tipo partición"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:224
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select file system"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Seleccionar sistema de ficheros"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:226
|
||||||
|
msgid "Create"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Crear"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:227
|
||||||
|
msgid "Cancel"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Cancelar"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:229
|
||||||
|
msgid "free strechs"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Huecos libres"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:231 edit_partition.c:46
|
||||||
|
msgid "Start"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Comienzo"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:232 add_partition.c:234 add_partition.c:235
|
||||||
|
msgid " Cil."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:233 edit_partition.c:47
|
||||||
|
msgid "End"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Fin"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:236
|
||||||
|
msgid "Size"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Tamaño"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:237
|
||||||
|
msgid " Mb"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:249
|
||||||
|
msgid "Primary"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Primaria"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:251
|
||||||
|
msgid "Extend"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Extendida"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:253
|
||||||
|
msgid "Logic"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Lógica"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:271 add_partition.c:351 add_partition.c:380
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:235 edit_partition.c:256
|
||||||
|
msgid "a number is needed"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Se neceista un número"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:293 add_partition.c:363 add_partition.c:389
|
||||||
|
msgid "Out limits"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Fuera de límites"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:304
|
||||||
|
msgid "I can't do filesystem on a extended partition"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puedo hacer un sistema de ficheros en una partición extendida"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#. Pedimos confirmacion
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:310
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Are you sure create in %s a %c partition of type %s from %Ld to %Ld?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"¿Estás seguro que quieres crear en %s una particion %c del tipo %s desde %Ld "
|
||||||
|
"a %Ld?"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: del_partition.c:30
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Are you sure that you del %s%-2d partition?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "¿Estás seguro de querer borrar la partición %s%-2d?"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:48
|
||||||
|
msgid "Tamano"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Tamaño"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:50
|
||||||
|
msgid "Now"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Ahora"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "Max."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:62
|
||||||
|
msgid "New geom"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Nueva geometría"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:72
|
||||||
|
msgid "Grow too much posibble"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Crecer lo máximo posible"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:73
|
||||||
|
msgid "Without Filesystem"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Sis sistema de ficheros"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:74
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Seleccionar"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:76 exception_manager.c:46 exception_manager.c:50
|
||||||
|
msgid "OK"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "ACEPTAR"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:77 exception_manager.c:49 exception_manager.c:50
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:52 exception_manager.c:53 exception_manager.c:54
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "CANCEL"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "CANCELAR"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:115
|
||||||
|
msgid "Device not valid"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Dispositivo no válido"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:128
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition not valid"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Partición no valida"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:136
|
||||||
|
msgid "I can't get de max partition's geometry"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puede conseguir la geometría máxima de la partición"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:217
|
||||||
|
msgid "Change the file system will destroy any data"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "El cambio del sistema de ficheros destruirá cualquier dato"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:275
|
||||||
|
msgid "Are you soure?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "¿Estás seguro?"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:355
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Editing %s%d"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Editando %s%d"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:34
|
||||||
|
msgid "You don't have seen this,report me"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No tendrías que estar viendo esto, infórmanos"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:35
|
||||||
|
msgid "Information message"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Mensaje de información"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:36
|
||||||
|
msgid "!!!----WARNING----!!!"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "¡¡¡----PELIGRO----!!!"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:37
|
||||||
|
msgid "!!!----ERROR----!!!"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "¡¡¡----ERROR----!!!"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:38
|
||||||
|
msgid "!!!----FATAL ERROR ----!!!"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "¡¡¡----ERROR FATAL ----!!!"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:39
|
||||||
|
msgid "You has found a bug, please report me"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Has encontrado un fallo, por favor informanos"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:40
|
||||||
|
msgid "Feature yet implemented"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Característica todavía no implementada"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:43
|
||||||
|
msgid "FIX"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "FIJAR"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:44 exception_manager.c:51 exception_manager.c:52
|
||||||
|
msgid "YES"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "SÍ"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:45 exception_manager.c:51 exception_manager.c:52
|
||||||
|
msgid "NO"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:47 exception_manager.c:54 exception_manager.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "RETRY"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "REINTENTAR"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:48 exception_manager.c:53 exception_manager.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "IGNORE"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "IGNORAR"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:70
|
||||||
|
msgid "Warning"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Peligro"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:87
|
||||||
|
msgid "Device detected, but I can't open it"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Dispositivo detectado, pero no puedo abrirlo"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:137
|
||||||
|
msgid "No device detected, Are you root? "
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Ningún dispositivo detectado, ¿eres root?"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:158
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select the disk or partition"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Selecciona el disco o partición"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:165
|
||||||
|
msgid " Add "
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Añadir"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:166
|
||||||
|
msgid " Del "
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Borrar"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:167
|
||||||
|
msgid " Edit"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Editar"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:168
|
||||||
|
msgid " Copy"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Copiar"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:169
|
||||||
|
msgid " Quit"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Salir"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:187
|
||||||
|
msgid "Intern error have ocurred"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Un error interno ha ocurrido"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:194
|
||||||
|
msgid "A Hard disk, can't edit, select a partition or add a new partition"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"Un disco duro no se puede editar, selecciona una partición o añade una nueva "
|
||||||
|
"partición"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:212
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't del a hard disk, if you want del, remove it from equipment ;-)"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"No puedo borrar un disco duro, si tu lo quieres borrar, quítalo del equipo "
|
||||||
|
";-)"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:224
|
||||||
|
msgid "Please, select the partition to copy,I can't copy the whole disk"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"Por favor, selecciona la partición a copiar, No puedo copiar un disco entero"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:255
|
||||||
|
msgid "Debian Instalation"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Instalación Debian"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:257
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "%s v.%s"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:259
|
||||||
|
msgid "NParted "
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:40 nparted.c:178 nparted.c:373 nparted.c:442 nparted.c:478
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:539 nparted.c:575
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition doesn't exist."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "La partición no existe"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:74
|
||||||
|
msgid "Source partition doesn't exist."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Partición origen no existe"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:79
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't copy extended partitions."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puedo copiar particiones extendidas"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:92
|
||||||
|
msgid "Destination partition doesn't exist."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Partición destino no existe"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:99
|
||||||
|
msgid "Destination partition is being used."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Partición destino está siendo usada."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:143
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition(s) on %s are being used."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Particiones en %s estás siendo usadas."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:185 nparted.c:386 nparted.c:485 nparted.c:546
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition is being used."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Partición está siendo usada."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:195
|
||||||
|
msgid "Unknown filesystem type."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Desconocido tipo sistema de ficheros"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:249 nparted.c:319
|
||||||
|
msgid "Unknown file system type."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Desconocido tipo de sistema de ficheros."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:378
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't move extended partitions."
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puedo mover particiones extendidas"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:404
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't move a partition onto itself. Try using resize, perhaps?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"No puedo mover una partición dentro de otra. Intenta cambiar el tamaño."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:62
|
||||||
|
msgid "I can't malloc, abort"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "No puedo reservar memoria, aborto"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:87
|
||||||
|
msgid "Please, select file system"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Por favor, selecciona un sistema de ficheros"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:115
|
||||||
|
msgid "primary"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "primaria"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:116
|
||||||
|
msgid "logical"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "logica"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:117
|
||||||
|
msgid "extended"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "extendida"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:119
|
||||||
|
msgid "Please, select partition_type"
|
||||||
|
msgstr "Por favor, selecciona el tipo de partición"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#~ msgid "UNKNOWN"
|
||||||
|
#~ msgstr "DESCONOCIDO"
|
||||||
354
po/nparted.pot
Normal file
354
po/nparted.pot
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
|
||||||
|
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||||
|
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||||
|
#
|
||||||
|
#, fuzzy
|
||||||
|
msgid ""
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
|
||||||
|
"POT-Creation-Date: 2000-11-14 13:04+0100\n"
|
||||||
|
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||||
|
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||||
|
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||||
|
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||||
|
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
|
||||||
|
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:74
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't have two parts extended in one disk"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:206
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Adding a part to %s"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:213
|
||||||
|
msgid "Growable"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:214
|
||||||
|
msgid "Do fyle sistem"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:215
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select partition type"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:224
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select file system"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:226
|
||||||
|
msgid "Create"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:227
|
||||||
|
msgid "Cancel"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:229
|
||||||
|
msgid "free strechs"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:231 edit_partition.c:46
|
||||||
|
msgid "Start"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:232 add_partition.c:234 add_partition.c:235
|
||||||
|
msgid " Cil."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:233 edit_partition.c:47
|
||||||
|
msgid "End"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:236
|
||||||
|
msgid "Size"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:237
|
||||||
|
msgid " Mb"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:249
|
||||||
|
msgid "Primary"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:251
|
||||||
|
msgid "Extend"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:253
|
||||||
|
msgid "Logic"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:271 add_partition.c:351 add_partition.c:380
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:235 edit_partition.c:256
|
||||||
|
msgid "a number is needed"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:293 add_partition.c:363 add_partition.c:389
|
||||||
|
msgid "Out limits"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:304
|
||||||
|
msgid "I can't do filesystem on a extended partition"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#. Pedimos confirmacion
|
||||||
|
#: add_partition.c:310
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Are you sure create in %s a %c partition of type %s from %Ld to %Ld?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: del_partition.c:30
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Are you sure that you del %s%-2d partition?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:48
|
||||||
|
msgid "Tamano"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:50
|
||||||
|
msgid "Now"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "Max."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:62
|
||||||
|
msgid "New geom"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:72
|
||||||
|
msgid "Grow too much posibble"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:73
|
||||||
|
msgid "Without Filesystem"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:74
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:76 exception_manager.c:46 exception_manager.c:50
|
||||||
|
msgid "OK"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:77 exception_manager.c:49 exception_manager.c:50
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:52 exception_manager.c:53 exception_manager.c:54
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "CANCEL"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:115
|
||||||
|
msgid "Device not valid"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:128
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition not valid"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:136
|
||||||
|
msgid "I can't get de max partition's geometry"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:217
|
||||||
|
msgid "Change the file system will destroy any data"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:275
|
||||||
|
msgid "Are you soure?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: edit_partition.c:355
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Editing %s%d"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:34
|
||||||
|
msgid "You don't have seen this,report me"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:35
|
||||||
|
msgid "Information message"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:36
|
||||||
|
msgid "!!!----WARNING----!!!"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:37
|
||||||
|
msgid "!!!----ERROR----!!!"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:38
|
||||||
|
msgid "!!!----FATAL ERROR ----!!!"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:39
|
||||||
|
msgid "You has found a bug, please report me"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:40
|
||||||
|
msgid "Feature yet implemented"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:43
|
||||||
|
msgid "FIX"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:44 exception_manager.c:51 exception_manager.c:52
|
||||||
|
msgid "YES"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:45 exception_manager.c:51 exception_manager.c:52
|
||||||
|
msgid "NO"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:47 exception_manager.c:54 exception_manager.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "RETRY"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:48 exception_manager.c:53 exception_manager.c:55
|
||||||
|
msgid "IGNORE"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: exception_manager.c:70
|
||||||
|
msgid "Warning"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:87
|
||||||
|
msgid "Device detected, but I can't open it"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:137
|
||||||
|
msgid "No device detected, Are you root? "
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:158
|
||||||
|
msgid "Select the disk or partition"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:165
|
||||||
|
msgid " Add "
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:166
|
||||||
|
msgid " Del "
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:167
|
||||||
|
msgid " Edit"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:168
|
||||||
|
msgid " Copy"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:169
|
||||||
|
msgid " Quit"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:187
|
||||||
|
msgid "Intern error have ocurred"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:194
|
||||||
|
msgid "A Hard disk, can't edit, select a partition or add a new partition"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:212
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't del a hard disk, if you want del, remove it from equipment ;-)"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:224
|
||||||
|
msgid "Please, select the partition to copy,I can't copy the whole disk"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:255
|
||||||
|
msgid "Debian Instalation"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:257
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "%s v.%s"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: main.c:259
|
||||||
|
msgid "NParted "
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:40 nparted.c:178 nparted.c:373 nparted.c:442 nparted.c:478
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:539 nparted.c:575
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition doesn't exist."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:74
|
||||||
|
msgid "Source partition doesn't exist."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:79
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't copy extended partitions."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:92
|
||||||
|
msgid "Destination partition doesn't exist."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:99
|
||||||
|
msgid "Destination partition is being used."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:143
|
||||||
|
#, c-format
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition(s) on %s are being used."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:185 nparted.c:386 nparted.c:485 nparted.c:546
|
||||||
|
msgid "Partition is being used."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:195
|
||||||
|
msgid "Unknown filesystem type."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:249 nparted.c:319
|
||||||
|
msgid "Unknown file system type."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:378
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't move extended partitions."
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: nparted.c:404
|
||||||
|
msgid "Can't move a partition onto itself. Try using resize, perhaps?"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:62
|
||||||
|
msgid "I can't malloc, abort"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:87
|
||||||
|
msgid "Please, select file system"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:115
|
||||||
|
msgid "primary"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:116
|
||||||
|
msgid "logical"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:117
|
||||||
|
msgid "extended"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#: utils.c:119
|
||||||
|
msgid "Please, select partition_type"
|
||||||
|
msgstr ""
|
||||||
1
po/stamp-cat-id
Normal file
1
po/stamp-cat-id
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||||
|
timestamp
|
||||||
145
utils.c
Normal file
145
utils.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
nparted - a frontend to libparted for manipulating disk partitions
|
||||||
|
thinked to dbootstrap
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Mario Teijeiro Otero Esteve Fernández
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate La Espiral
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mario Teijeiro Otero <asimovi@teleline.es>
|
||||||
|
Esteve Fernández < esteve@crosswinds.net >
|
||||||
|
Jaime Villate <villate@fe.up.pt>
|
||||||
|
La Espiral http://www.laespiral.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <nparted.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||||
|
void i18n_initialize (void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Si HAVE_NLS es definido, asumimos la existencia de
|
||||||
|
* tres funciones invocadas aquí */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HAVE_NLS
|
||||||
|
/* Ponemos la localización actual */
|
||||||
|
setlocale(LC_MESSAGES,"");
|
||||||
|
bindtextdomain(PACKAGE,LOCALDIR);
|
||||||
|
textdomain(PACKAGE);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static char *device_type[]={"UNKNOWN","SCSI","IDE","DAC960","CPQARRAY"};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char *get_name_device_type ( PedDeviceType type){
|
||||||
|
switch (type){
|
||||||
|
case PED_DEVICE_UNKNOWN: return device_type[0];
|
||||||
|
case PED_DEVICE_SCSI:return device_type[1];
|
||||||
|
case PED_DEVICE_IDE:return device_type[2];
|
||||||
|
case PED_DEVICE_DAC960:return device_type[3];
|
||||||
|
case PED_DEVICE_CPQARRAY: return device_type[4];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return device_type[0];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* FIXME: Mejor que salir directamente, llamar a las funciones
|
||||||
|
* para que cierren todos los dispositivos abiertos y esass cosas*/
|
||||||
|
void * NP_malloc(int size){
|
||||||
|
void *p;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
p=malloc(size);
|
||||||
|
if(p==NULL){
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_FATAL,
|
||||||
|
PED_EXCEPTION_OK,_("I can't malloc, abort"));
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_catch();
|
||||||
|
exit(-1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return p;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char* select_file_system ( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
newtComponent list,form;
|
||||||
|
struct newtExitStruct toexit;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystemType* fs_type;
|
||||||
|
char *type;
|
||||||
|
int i;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
list=newtListbox(5,1,5,NEWT_FLAG_SCROLL|NEWT_FLAG_RETURNEXIT);
|
||||||
|
newtListboxSetWidth(list,20);
|
||||||
|
fs_type=NULL;
|
||||||
|
i=0;
|
||||||
|
while( (fs_type=ped_file_system_type_get_next (fs_type)) !=NULL){
|
||||||
|
if (!fs_type->name) break;
|
||||||
|
newtListboxAppendEntry(list,fs_type->name, fs_type->name);
|
||||||
|
i++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
newtCenteredWindow(30, 7,_("Please, select file system"));
|
||||||
|
form=newtForm(NULL,NULL,0);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddComponents(form,list,NULL);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddHotKey(form,(int)'');
|
||||||
|
newtFormRun(form,&toexit);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (toexit.reason==NEWT_EXIT_COMPONENT)
|
||||||
|
type=(char*)newtListboxGetCurrent(list);
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
type=NULL;
|
||||||
|
newtFormDestroy(form);
|
||||||
|
newtPopWindow();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return type;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char select_partition_type (void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
newtComponent list,form;
|
||||||
|
struct newtExitStruct toexit;
|
||||||
|
char types[]={'p','l','e'};
|
||||||
|
char *type;
|
||||||
|
int i;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
list=newtListbox(5,1,5,NEWT_FLAG_SCROLL|NEWT_FLAG_RETURNEXIT);
|
||||||
|
newtListboxSetWidth(list,20);
|
||||||
|
i=0;
|
||||||
|
newtListboxAppendEntry(list,_("primary"), &types[0]);
|
||||||
|
newtListboxAppendEntry(list,_("logical"), &types[1]);
|
||||||
|
newtListboxAppendEntry(list,_("extended"), &types[2]);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newtCenteredWindow(30, 7,_("Please, select partition_type"));
|
||||||
|
form=newtForm(NULL,NULL,0);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddComponents(form,list,NULL);
|
||||||
|
newtFormAddHotKey(form,(int)'');
|
||||||
|
newtFormRun(form,&toexit);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (toexit.reason==NEWT_EXIT_COMPONENT){
|
||||||
|
type=(char*)newtListboxGetCurrent(list);
|
||||||
|
newtFormDestroy(form);
|
||||||
|
newtPopWindow();
|
||||||
|
return *type;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
newtFormDestroy(form);
|
||||||
|
newtPopWindow();
|
||||||
|
return '\0';
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PedSector is_sector_valid(char *d){
|
||||||
|
char *p;
|
||||||
|
p=d;
|
||||||
|
while (*p!='\0' && (isdigit(*p)||isspace(*p)) ) p++;
|
||||||
|
if (*p=='\0'){
|
||||||
|
return strtol(d,&p,10);
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
return -1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
Loading…
Add table
Add a link
Reference in a new issue